STRONG SHORT TERM MUNICIPAL BOND FUND INC
485BPOS, 1996-12-30
Previous: ASTRA INSTITUTIONAL SECURITIES TRUST, NSAR-B, 1996-12-30
Next: LORD ABBETT TAX FREE INCOME TRUST, NSAR-B, 1996-12-30



<PAGE>   1
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on or about December 31,
1996

                                        Securities Act Registration No. 33-42773
                                Investment Company Act Registration No. 811-6409
================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                Washington D.C.

                                   FORM N-1A


     REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933          [   ]
            
          Pre-Effective Amendment No.                                 [   ]
                                      -----                   
          Post-Effective Amendment No.   8                            [ X ]
                                      -----                 

                                     and/or

     REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940  [   ]

          Amendment No.   9                                           [ X ]
                        ----                                        

                        (Check appropriate box or boxes)

                  STRONG SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND FUND, INC.
               (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)


               100 HERITAGE RESERVE
            MENOMONEE FALLS, WISCONSIN                          53051
     (Address of Principal Executive Offices)                (Zip Code)

      Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code:  (414) 359-3400

                                THOMAS P. LEMKE
                        STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
                              100 HERITAGE RESERVE
                       MENOMONEE FALLS, WISCONSIN  53051
                    (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

     Registrant has registered an indefinite amount of securities pursuant to
Rule 24f-2 under the Securities Act of 1933; the Registrant's Rule 24f-2 Notice
for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1996 was filed on or about October 23,
1996.

     It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate
box).


   [   ]   immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
   [ X ]   on January 1, 1997 pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
   [   ]   60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
   [   ]   on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) of Rule 485
   [   ]   75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485
   [   ]   on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485
           
If appropriate, check the following box:

   [   ]   this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for 
           a previously filed post-effective amendment.

<PAGE>   2


                  STRONG SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND FUND, INC.

                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET

     (Pursuant to Rule 481 showing the location in the Prospectus and the
Statement of Additional Information of the responses to the Items of Parts A
and B of Form N-1A.)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         CAPTION OR SUBHEADING IN PROSPECTUS OR
                ITEM NO. ON FORM N-1A                     STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
                ---------------------                   ----------------------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>
PART A - INFORMATION REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

1.  Cover Page                                          Cover Page

2.  Synopsis                                            Expenses; Highlights

3.  Condensed Financial Information                     Financial Highlights

4.  General Description of Registrant                   Strong Municipal Income Funds;
                                                        Investment Objectives and Policies;
                                                        Fundamentals of Fixed Income Investing;
                                                        Implementation of Policies and Risks;
                                                        About the Funds - Organization

5.  Management of the Fund                              About the Funds - Management; Financial
                                                        Highlights

5A. Management's Discussion of Fund Performance         *

6.  Capital Stock and Other Securities                  About the Funds - Organization, -
                                                        Distributions and Taxes; Shareholders
                                                        Manual - Shareholder Services

7.  Purchase of Securities Being Offered                Shareholder Manual - How to Buy Shares,
                                                        - Determining Your Share Price, -
                                                        Shareholder Services

8.  Redemption or Repurchase                            Shareholder Manual - How to Sell Shares,
                                                        - Determining Your Share Price, -
                                                        Shareholder Services

9.  Pending Legal Proceedings                           Inapplicable

PART B - INFORMATION REQUIRED IN STATEMENT OF
   ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10. Cover Page                                          Cover Page

11. Table of Contents                                   Table of Contents

12. General Information and History                     **

13. Investment Objectives and Policies                  Investment Restrictions; Investment
                                                        Policies and Techniques

14. Management of the Fund                              Directors and Officers of the Funds

15. Control Persons and Principal Holders of            Principal Shareholders; Directors and
    Securities                                          Officers of the Funds; Investment
                                                        Advisor and Distributor
                                                        
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   3
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         CAPTION OR SUBHEADING IN PROSPECTUS OR
                ITEM NO. ON FORM N-1A                     STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
                ---------------------                     -----------------------------------     
<S>                                                     <C>
16. Investment Advisory and Other Services              Investment Advisor and Distributor;
                                                        About the Funds - Management (in
                                                        Prospectus); Custodian; Transfer Agent
                                                        and Dividend-Disbursing Agent;
                                                        Independent Accountants; Legal Counsel

17. Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices            Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage

18. Capital Stock and Other Securities                  Included in Prospectus under the
                                                        heading About the Funds - Organization
                                                        and in the Statement of Additional
                                                        Information under the heading
                                                        Shareholder Meetings

19. Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities      Included in Prospectus under the
    Being Offered                                       headings:  Shareholder Manual - How to
                                                        Buy Shares, - Determining Your Share Price,
                                                        - How to Sell Shares, - Shareholder Services;
                                                        and in the Statement of Additional
                                                        Information under the headings:
                                                        Additional Shareholder Information;
                                                        Investment Advisor and Distributor; and
                                                        Determination of Net Asset Value

20. Tax Status                                          Included in Prospectus under the
                                                        heading About the Funds - Distributions
                                                        and Taxes; and in the Statement of
                                                        Additional Information under the
                                                        heading Taxes

21. Underwriters                                        Investment Advisor and Distributor

22. Calculation of Performance Data                     Performance Information

23. Financial Statements                                Financial Statements
</TABLE>

*  Complete answer to Item is contained in Registrant's Annual Report.
** Complete answer to Item is contained in Registrant's Prospectus.


<PAGE>   4
 
                         STRONG MUNICIPAL INCOME FUNDS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                         <C>
STRONG SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND FUND                     STRONG FUNDS
STRONG MUNICIPAL BOND FUND                               P.O. Box 2936
STRONG HIGH-YIELD MUNICIPAL BOND FUND       Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201
                                             Telephone: (414) 359-1400
                                             Toll-Free: (800) 368-3863
                                                        Device for the
                                                     Hearing-Impaired:
                                                        (800) 999-2780
</TABLE>
 
   
   The Strong Family of Funds ("Strong Funds") is a family of more than
twenty-five diversified and non-diversified mutual funds. All of the Strong
Funds are no-load funds, meaning that you may purchase, redeem, or exchange
shares without paying a sales charge. Strong Funds include growth funds,
conservative equity funds, income funds, municipal income funds, international
funds, and cash management funds. The Strong Municipal Income Funds are
described in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
   This Prospectus contains information you should consider before you invest.
Please read it carefully and keep it for future reference. A Statement of
Additional Information for the Funds, dated January 1, 1997, contains further
information, is incorporated by reference into this Prospectus, and has been
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). This Statement, which
may be revised from time to time, is available without charge upon request to
the above-noted address or telephone number. If you would like to electronically
access additional information about the Funds after reading the prospectus, you
may do so by accessing the SEC's World Wide Web site (at http://www.sec.gov)
that contains the Statement of Additional Information regarding the Funds and
other related materials.
    
 
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
 AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE
 SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED
 UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
 CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
   THE STRONG HIGH-YIELD MUNICIPAL BOND FUND MAY INVEST UP TO 100% OF ITS NET
ASSETS IN LOWER-RATED BONDS, COMMONLY KNOWN AS "JUNK BONDS." BONDS OF THIS TYPE
ARE SUBJECT TO GREATER RISKS WITH REGARD TO PAYMENT OF INTEREST AND RETURN OF
PRINCIPAL THAN ARE HIGHER-RATED BONDS. INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE FUND. (SEE THE PROSPECTUS SECTION
ENTITLED "FUNDAMENTALS OF FIXED INCOME INVESTING - CREDIT QUALITY - HIGH-YIELD
(HIGH-RISK) SECURITIES.")
    
 
   
                             Dated January 1, 1997
    
 
   
                             ---------------------
            
            
            
                               PROSPECTUS PAGE I-1
<PAGE>   5
 
                         STRONG MUNICIPAL INCOME FUNDS
 
   The Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund, Inc., Strong Municipal Bond Fund,
Inc., and Strong High-Yield Municipal Bond Fund, Inc. are separately
incorporated, diversified, open-end management investment companies.
 
   STRONG SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND FUND (the "Short-Term Fund") seeks total
return by investing for a high level of federally tax-exempt current income with
a low degree of share-price fluctuation. The Fund invests primarily in 
short- and intermediate-term, investment-grade municipal obligations and 
maintains an average portfolio maturity of three years or less.
 
   STRONG MUNICIPAL BOND FUND (the "Bond Fund") seeks total return by investing
for a high level of federally tax-exempt current income with a moderate degree
of share-price fluctuation. The Fund invests primarily in long-term,
investment-grade municipal obligations.
 
   STRONG HIGH-YIELD MUNICIPAL BOND FUND (the "High-Yield Fund") seeks total
return by investing for a high level of federally tax-exempt current income. The
Fund invests primarily in long-term, medium- and lower-quality municipal
obligations.
 
    
                             ---------------------
    
    
    
                               PROSPECTUS PAGE I-2
    
<PAGE>   6
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
        <S>                                     <C>  <C>
        EXPENSES.....................................  I-4
        FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS.........................  I-5
        HIGHLIGHTS...................................  I-8
        INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES...........  I-9
            Comparing the Funds.................   I-9
        Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund...  I-10
            Strong Municipal Bond Fund..........  I-11
            Strong High-Yield Municipal Bond
              Fund..............................  I-11
        FUNDAMENTALS OF FIXED INCOME INVESTING....... I-12
        IMPLEMENTATION OF POLICIES AND RISKS......... I-15
        ABOUT THE FUNDS.............................. I-20
        SHAREHOLDER MANUAL........................... II-1
        APPENDIX A...................................  A-1
        APPENDIX B...................................  A-1
</TABLE>
    
 
   No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations other than those contained in this Prospectus and the Statement
of Additional Information, and if given or made, such information or
representations may not be relied upon as having been authorized by the Funds.
This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell securities in any state or
jurisdiction in which such offering may not lawfully be made.
 
                             ---------------------
 
                               PROSPECTUS PAGE I-3
<PAGE>   7
 
                                    EXPENSES
 
   The following information is provided in order to help you understand the
various costs and expenses that you, as an investor in the Funds, will bear
directly or indirectly.
 
                        SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES
 
<TABLE>
            <S>                                          <C>
            Sales Load Imposed on Purchases.............  NONE
            Sales Load Imposed on Reinvested
              Dividends.................................  NONE
            Deferred Sales Load.........................  NONE
            Redemption Fees.............................  NONE
            Exchange Fees...............................  NONE
</TABLE>
 
   
   There are certain charges associated with special shareholder services
offered by the Funds. Additionally, purchases and redemptions may also be made
through broker-dealers or other financial intermediaries who may charge a
commission or other transaction fee for their services. (See "Shareholder Manual
- - How to Buy Shares" and "- How to Sell Shares.")
    
 
                         ANNUAL FUND OPERATING EXPENSES
                    (as a percentage of average net assets)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               Management        Other       12b-1    Total Operating
   Fund           Fees         Expenses      Fees         Expenses
<S>            <C>             <C>           <C>      <C>
Short-Term         .50%          .23 %       NONE            .73%
Bond               .60           .24         NONE            .84
High-Yield         .60           .15         NONE            .75
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
   From time to time the Funds' investment advisor, Strong Capital Management,
Inc. (the "Advisor"), may voluntarily waive its management fee and/or absorb
certain expenses for a Fund. The expenses specified in the table above are based
on actual expenses incurred during the eight-month fiscal year ended August 31,
1996. For additional information concerning fees and expenses, see "About the
Funds - Management."
    
 
                             ---------------------
 
                               PROSPECTUS PAGE I-4
<PAGE>   8
 
   
   EXAMPLE. You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment,
assuming (1) 5% annual return, and (2) redemption at the end of each time
period:
    
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        Period (in years)
               -----------------------------------
   Fund         1       3       5       10
<S>            <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>  <C>
Short-Term     $ 7     $23     $41     $ 91
Bond             9      27      47      104
High-Yield       8      24      42       93
</TABLE>
    
 
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   
   The Example is based on each Fund's "Total Operating Expenses," as described
above. PLEASE REMEMBER THAT THE EXAMPLE SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED AS
REPRESENTATIVE OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES AND THAT ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE HIGHER
OR LOWER THAN THOSE SHOWN. The assumption in the Example of a 5% annual return
is required by regulations of the SEC applicable to all mutual funds. The
assumed 5% annual return is not a prediction of, and does not represent, the
projected or actual performance of a Fund's shares.
    
 
                              FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
 
   
   The following annual Financial Highlights for each of the Funds has been
audited by Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., independent certified public accountants.
Their report for the eight-month fiscal year ended August 31, 1996, is included
in the Annual Report of the Municipal Income Funds that is contained in the
Funds' Statement of Additional Information. The Financial Highlights for the
Funds should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and related
notes included in the Funds' Annual Report. Additional information about each
Fund's performance is contained in the Funds' Annual Report, which may be
obtained without charge by calling or writing Strong Funds. The following
presents information relating to a share of common stock of each of the Funds,
outstanding for the entire period.
    
 
                             ---------------------
 
                               PROSPECTUS PAGE I-5
<PAGE>   9
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      STRONG SHORT-TERM                         STRONG HIGH-YIELD
                                                                     MUNICIPAL BOND FUND                       MUNICIPAL BOND FUND
                                                   --------------------------------------------------------    --------------------
                                                   1996(a)       1995        1994        1993        1992      1996(a)       1995
                                                   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
<S>                                                <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD               $   9.77    $   9.73    $  10.36    $  10.20    $  10.00    $   9.91    $   9.29
INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:
 Net Investment Income                                 0.33        0.47        0.45        0.44        0.48        0.44        0.69
 Net Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses)
   on Investments                                     (0.10)       0.04       (0.62)       0.23        0.22       (0.46)       0.62
                                                   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
TOTAL FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS                       0.23        0.51       (0.17)       0.67        0.70       (0.02)       1.31
LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
 From Net Investment Income(b)                        (0.33)      (0.47)      (0.45)      (0.44)      (0.48)      (0.44)      (0.69)
 From Net Realized Gains                                 --          --       (0.01)      (0.07)      (0.02)         --          --
                                                   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
TOTAL DISTRIBUTIONS                                   (0.33)      (0.47)      (0.46)      (0.51)      (0.50)      (0.44)      (0.69)
                                                   --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------    --------
NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD                     $   9.67    $   9.77    $   9.73    $  10.36    $  10.20    $   9.45    $   9.91
                                                   ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  ==========  =========
TOTAL RETURN                                          +2.4%       +5.4%       -1.6%       +6.8%       +7.2%       -0.1%      +14.6%
RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
Net Assets, End of Period (In Thousands)           $136,349    $132,738    $161,243    $216,180    $110,816    $237,641    $266,955
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets                0.7%*       0.8%        0.7%        0.6%        0.2%        0.7%*       0.4%
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets Without
 Waivers and Absorptions                               0.7%*       0.8%        0.7%        0.7%        0.8%        0.7%*       0.8%
Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average
 Net Assets                                            5.1%*       4.8%        4.5%        4.2%        4.9%        6.9%*       7.1%
Portfolio Turnover Rate                               38.0%      226.8%      273.2%      141.5%      139.9%      106.8%      113.8%
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                      1994      1993(c)
                                                    --------    --------
<S>                                                <C<C>        <C>
NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD                $  10.10    $  10.00
INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:
 Net Investment Income                                  0.71        0.16
 Net Realized and Unrealized Gains (Losses)
   on Investments                                      (0.81)       0.10
                                                    --------    --------
TOTAL FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS                       (0.10)       0.26
LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
 From Net Investment Income(b)                         (0.71)      (0.16)
 From Net Realized Gains                                  --          --
                                                    --------    --------
TOTAL DISTRIBUTIONS                                    (0.71)      (0.16)
                                                    --------    --------
NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD                      $   9.29    $  10.10
                                                    ==========  =========
TOTAL RETURN                                           -1.0%       +2.7%
RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
Net Assets, End of Period (In Thousands)            $107,555    $ 20,840
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets                 0.0%        0.0%*
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets Without
 Waivers and Absorptions                                0.8%        1.1%*
Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average
 Net Assets                                             7.5%        6.8%*
Portfolio Turnover Rate                               198.1%       28.0%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
*
Calculated on an annualized basis.
(a)
For the period ended August 31, 1996. Total return and portfolio turnover rate
are not annualized.
(b)
Tax exempt for regular federal income tax purposes.
(c)
Inception date is October 1, 1993. Total return and portfolio turnover rate are
not annualized.
    
 
                             ---------------------
 
                               PROSPECTUS PAGE I-6
<PAGE>   10
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      STRONG MUNICIPAL BOND FUND
                                          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          1996(a)      1995       1994       1993       1992       1991      1990      1989
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------   -------
<S>                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD      $   9.52   $   9.23   $  10.25   $  10.00   $   9.76   $   9.22   $  9.47   $  9.35
INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:
 Net Investment Income                        0.33       0.52       0.56       0.58       0.65       0.65      0.66      0.52
 Net Realized and Unrealized Gains
   (Losses)
   on Investments                            (0.53)      0.51      (1.02)      0.57       0.50       0.54     (0.25)     0.12
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------   -------
TOTAL FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS             (0.20)      1.03      (0.46)      1.15       1.15       1.19      0.41      0.64
LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
 From Net Investment Income(b)               (0.33)     (0.54)     (0.56)     (0.58)     (0.65)     (0.65)    (0.66)    (0.52)
 In Excess of Net Investment Income             --      (0.20)        --         --         --         --        --        --
 From Net Realized Gains                        --         --         --      (0.32)     (0.26)        --        --        --
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------   -------
TOTAL DISTRIBUTIONS                          (0.33)     (0.74)     (0.56)     (0.90)     (0.91)     (0.65)    (0.66)    (0.52)
                                          --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   -------   -------
NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD            $   8.99   $   9.52   $   9.23   $  10.25   $  10.00   $   9.76   $  9.22   $  9.47
                                          ========== ========== ========== ========== ========== ========== ========  ========
TOTAL RETURN                                 -2.1%     +11.4%      -4.6%     +11.8%     +12.2%     +13.4%     +4.6%     +7.1%
RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
Net Assets, End of Period (In Thousands)  $247,337   $246,724   $279,808   $398,911   $289,751   $115,230   $31,560   $18,735
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets       0.8%*      0.8%       0.8%       0.7%       0.1%       0.1%      0.3%      1.7%
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets
 Without Waivers and Absorptions              0.8%*      0.8%       0.8%       0.8%       0.9%       1.1%      1.5%      1.8%
Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average
 Net Assets                                   5.4%*      5.4%       5.8%       5.6%       6.4%       6.9%      7.2%      5.6%
Portfolio Turnover Rate                     172.9%     513.8%     311.0%     156.7%     324.0%     465.2%    586.0%    243.3%
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                             1988      1987     1986(c)
                                            -------   -------   --------
<S>                                         <C>       <C>       <C>
NET ASSET VALUE, BEGINNING OF PERIOD        $  9.16   $ 10.01   $  10.00
INCOME FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS:
 Net Investment Income                         0.49      0.67       0.12
 Net Realized and Unrealized Gains
   (Losses)
   on Investments                              0.19     (0.85)      0.01
                                            -------   -------   --------
TOTAL FROM INVESTMENT OPERATIONS               0.68     (0.18)      0.13
LESS DISTRIBUTIONS:
 From Net Investment Income(b)                (0.49)    (0.67)     (0.12)
 In Excess of Net Investment Income              --        --         --
 From Net Realized Gains                         --        --         --
                                            -------   -------   --------
TOTAL DISTRIBUTIONS                           (0.49)    (0.67)     (0.12)
                                            -------   -------   --------
NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD              $  9.35   $  9.16   $  10.01
                                            ========  ========  =========
TOTAL RETURN                                  +7.6%     -1.8%      +1.3%
RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL DATA
Net Assets, End of Period (In Thousands)    $18,275   $19,070   $  2,212
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets        1.3%      1.0%       0.4%*
Ratio of Expenses to Average Net Assets
 Without Waivers and Absorptions               1.4%      1.3%       1.0%*
Ratio of Net Investment Income to Average
 Net Assets                                    5.3%      7.0%       6.4%*
Portfolio Turnover Rate                      343.6%    284.0%      21.9%
</TABLE>
    
 
   
*
Calculated on an annualized basis.
(a)
For the period ended August 31, 1996. Total return and portfolio turnover rate
are not annualized.
(b)
Tax-exempt for regular federal income tax purposes.
(c)
Inception date is October 23, 1986. Total return and portfolio turnover rate are
not annualized.
    
 
                             ---------------------
 
                               PROSPECTUS PAGE I-7
<PAGE>   11
 
                                   HIGHLIGHTS
 
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
 
   Each Fund has distinct investment objectives and policies. Each Fund seeks to
provide income exempt from federal income tax consistent with maturity, quality,
and other standards as set forth under "Investment Objectives and Policies."
 
IMPLEMENTATION OF POLICIES AND RISKS
 
   The Funds may engage in derivative transactions including options, futures,
and options on futures transactions within specified limits. Each Fund may also
invest in repurchase agreements, when-issued securities, and illiquid
securities. The High-Yield Fund may invest up to 100% of its net assets in junk
bonds. These investment practices involve risks that are different in some
respects from those associated with similar funds that do not use them. (See
"Implementation of Policies and Risks" and "Fundamentals of Fixed Income
Investing - Credit Quality.")
 
MANAGEMENT
 
   
   The Advisor, Strong Capital Management, Inc., serves as investment advisor to
the Funds. The Advisor provides investment management services for mutual funds
and other investment portfolios representing assets of over $23 billion. (See
"About the Funds - Management.")
    
 
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES
 
   You may purchase or redeem shares of a Fund at net asset value. There are no
redemption or 12b-1 charges. The net asset values change daily with the value of
each Fund's portfolio. You can locate the net asset value for a Fund in
newspaper listings of mutual fund prices under the "Strong Funds" heading or at
our site on the World Wide Web at http://www.strong-funds.com. (See "Shareholder
Manual - How to Buy Shares" and " - How to Sell Shares.")
 
SHAREHOLDER SERVICES
 
   Strong shareholder benefits include: telephone purchase, exchange, and
redemption privileges; professional representatives available 24 hours a day;
automatic investment, automatic dividend reinvestment, payroll direct deposit,
automatic exchange and systematic withdrawal plans; free check writing; and a
 
                             ---------------------
 
                               PROSPECTUS PAGE I-8
<PAGE>   12
 
no-minimum investment program. (See "Shareholder Manual - Shareholder
Services.")
 
DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS
 
   The policy of each Fund is to pay dividends from investment income monthly
and to distribute substantially all net realized capital gains annually. (See
"About the Funds - Distributions and Taxes.")
 
                       INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
 
   
   The descriptions that follow are designed to help you choose the Fund that
best fits your investment objective. You may want to pursue more than one
objective by investing in more than one of the Funds or by investing in one of
the other Strong Funds, which are described in separate prospectuses. Each
Fund's investment objective is discussed below in connection with the Fund's
investment policies. Because of the risks inherent in all investments, there can
be no assurance that the Funds will meet their objectives.
    
   Each Fund's return and risk potential depends in part on the maturity and
credit-quality characteristics of the underlying investments in its portfolio.
In general, longer-maturity fixed income securities carry higher yields and
greater price volatility than shorter-term fixed income securities. Similarly,
fixed income securities issued by less creditworthy entities tend to carry
higher yields than those with higher credit ratings. (See "Fundamentals of Fixed
Income Investing" for a more detailed discussion of the principles and risks
associated with fixed income securities.)
 
COMPARING THE FUNDS
 
   The following summary is intended to help distinguish the Funds and help you
determine their suitability for your investments:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DEGREE OF
                 AVERAGE          CREDIT         INCOME        SHARE-PRICE
     FUND       MATURITY         QUALITY        POTENTIAL      FLUCTUATION
<S>             <C>           <C>               <C>           <C>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Short-Term      3 years       100%              Low to        Low
                or less       investment        Moderate
                              grade
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bond            10 to 20      At least 95%      Moderate      Moderate
                years*        investment        to High
                              grade
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
High-Yield      15 to 25      At least 65%      High          Moderate to
                years*        rated BBB                       High
                              or lower
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
* Expected Range
 
                             ---------------------
 
                               PROSPECTUS PAGE I-9
<PAGE>   13
 
   The Strong Municipal Income Funds are designed for investors whose income tax
levels enable them to benefit from tax-exempt income. In general, the Funds are
not appropriate investments for tax-deferred retirement plans, such as
Individual Retirement Accounts. THE BOND AND HIGH-YIELD FUNDS EMPLOY A LONG-TERM
INVESTMENT APPROACH; THEREFORE, INVESTORS SHOULD NOT RELY ON THESE FUNDS FOR
THEIR SHORT-TERM FINANCIAL NEEDS.
   Each Fund has adopted certain fundamental investment restrictions that are
set forth in the Funds' Statement of Additional Information ("SAI"). Those
restrictions, a Fund's investment objective, and any other investment policies
identified as "fundamental" cannot be changed without shareholder approval. To
further guide investment activities, each Fund has also instituted a number of
non-fundamental operating policies, which are described throughout this
Prospectus and in the SAI. Although operating policies may be changed by a
Fund's Board of Directors without shareholder approval, a Fund will promptly
notify shareholders of any material change in operating policies.
   As a fundamental policy, each Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets
in municipal securities under normal market conditions. (See "Implementation of
Policies and Risks - Municipal Obligations.") Generally, municipal obligations
are those whose interest is exempt from federal income tax. Each Fund may
invest, without limitation, in municipal obligations whose interest is a tax-
preference item for purposes of the federal alternative minimum tax ("AMT"). For
taxpayers who are subject to the AMT, a substantial portion of each Fund's
distributions may not be exempt from federal income tax. Accordingly, a Fund's
net return may be lower for those taxpayers. (Consult with your tax adviser to
determine whether you are subject to the AMT, and see "About the Funds -
Distributions and Taxes" for more information.) A Fund may also invest up to 20%
of its net assets in taxable securities of comparable quality to its investments
in municipal securities, including U.S. government securities, bank and
corporate obligations, and short-term fixed income securities. A Fund will
generally invest in taxable bonds to take advantage of capital gain
opportunities. When the Advisor determines that market conditions warrant a
temporary defensive position, the Funds may invest without limitation in cash
and short-term fixed income securities.
 
STRONG SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND FUND
 
   The Short-Term Fund seeks total return by investing for a high level of
federally tax-exempt current income with a low degree of share-price
fluctuation.
   The Fund is designed for investors who are willing to accept some fluctuation
in principal in order to pursue a higher level of income than is generally
available from tax-exempt money market securities. BECAUSE ITS SHARE PRICE WILL
VARY, THE FUND IS NOT AN APPROPRIATE INVESTMENT FOR THOSE WHOSE PRIMARY
OBJECTIVE IS ABSOLUTE PRINCIPAL STABILITY.
   The Fund invests in investment-grade municipal obligations and maintains an
average portfolio maturity of three years or less. Although there are no
maturity restrictions for the individual obligations in the portfolio, it is
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-10
<PAGE>   14
 
anticipated that the Fund will emphasize investments in short- and
intermediate-term obligations.
   The Fund will only invest in investment-grade debt obligations, which range
from those in the highest rating category to those in the fourth-highest rating
category (e.g., BBB or higher by Standard & Poor's Ratings Group ("S&P")).
 
STRONG MUNICIPAL BOND FUND
 
   The Bond Fund seeks total return by investing for a high level of federally
tax-exempt current income with a moderate degree of share-price fluctuation.
   
   The Fund is designed for long-term investors who want to pursue higher income
than shorter-term municipal obligations generally provide and who are willing to
accept the fluctuation in principal associated with longer-term debt
obligations. While there are no maturity restrictions for the Fund's debt
obligations, it is anticipated that the Fund will maintain an average portfolio
maturity of between 10 and 20 years.
    
   
   Under normal market conditions, the Fund invests at least 95% of its net
assets in investment-grade debt obligations, which range from those in the
highest rating category to those rated in the fourth-highest rating category
(e.g., BBB or higher by S&P). The Fund may also invest up to 5% of its net
assets in non-investment-grade debt obligations and other high-yield (high-risk)
securities (e.g., those rated BB to C by S&P). (See "Fundamentals of Fixed
Income Investing - Credit Quality.")
    
 
STRONG HIGH-YIELD MUNICIPAL BOND FUND
 
   The High-Yield Fund seeks total return by investing for a high level of
federally tax-exempt current income.
   The Fund is designed for long-term investors who want to pursue higher income
than higher-quality municipal obligations generally provide and who are willing
to accept the risk of principal fluctuation associated with longer-term, medium-
and lower-quality debt obligations. While there are no maturity restrictions for
the Fund's obligations, it is anticipated that the Fund will maintain an average
portfolio maturity of between 15 and 25 years.
   
   The Fund invests primarily in long-term, medium- and lower-quality municipal
obligations. Under normal market conditions the Fund invests at least 65% of its
total assets in medium- and lower-quality municipal obligations. Medium-quality
debt obligations are those rated in the fourth-highest category (e.g., bonds
rated BBB by S&P) or obligations determined by the Advisor to be of comparable
quality. Lower-quality bonds, also commonly referred to as "non-
investment-grade" bonds or "junk" bonds, are those rated below the fourth-
highest category (e.g., bonds rated BB to C by S&P) or bonds of comparable
quality. The Fund also may invest in debt obligations that are in default, but
such obligations are not expected to exceed 10% of the Fund's net assets. (See
"Fundamentals of Fixed Income Investing - Credit Quality - High-Yield
    
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-11
<PAGE>   15
 
(High-Risk) Securities" for further information on the risks associated with
investing in medium- and lower-quality debt obligations.)
 
                                FUNDAMENTALS OF
                             FIXED INCOME INVESTING
 
   The securities in which each Fund may invest include fixed- and variable-rate
obligations, debentures, notes, leases, certificates of deposit, commercial
paper, repurchase agreements, banker's acceptances, other short-term fixed
income securities, structured investments such as mortgage- and asset-backed
securities, loan participations, and convertible debt. Each Fund may also borrow
funds and engage in mortgage dollar roll transactions and reverse repurchase
agreements.
   Issuers of debt obligations have a contractual obligation to pay interest at
a specified rate ("coupon rate") on specified dates and to repay principal
("face value" or "par value") on a specified maturity date. Certain municipal
obligations (usually intermediate- and long-term obligations) have provisions
that allow the issuer to redeem or "call" an obligation before its maturity.
Issuers are most likely to call such obligations during periods of falling
interest rates. As a result, a Fund may be required to invest the unanticipated
proceeds of the called obligation at lower interest rates, which may cause the
Fund's income to decline.
   Although the net asset value of each Fund is expected to fluctuate, the
Advisor actively manages each Fund's portfolio and adjusts its average portfolio
maturity according to the Advisor's interest rate outlook while seeking to avoid
or reduce, to the extent possible, any negative change in a Fund's net asset
value.
 
PRICE VOLATILITY
 
   The market value of debt obligations, including municipal obligations, is
affected by changes in prevailing interest rates. The market value of a debt
obligation generally reacts inversely to interest-rate changes, meaning, when
prevailing interest rates decline, an obligation's price usually rises, and when
prevailing interest rates rise, an obligation's price usually declines. A fund
portfolio consisting primarily of debt obligations will react similarly to
changes in interest rates.
 
MATURITY
 
   In general, the longer the maturity of a debt obligation, the higher its
yield and the greater its sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Conversely,
the shorter the maturity, the lower the yield but the greater the price
stability. Commercial paper is generally considered the shortest form of debt
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-12
<PAGE>   16
 
obligation. Notes, whose original maturities are two years or less, are
considered short-term obligations. The term "bond" generally refers to
securities with maturities longer than two years. Bonds with maturities of three
years or less are considered short-term, bonds with maturities between three and
seven years are considered intermediate-term, and bonds with maturities greater
than seven years are considered long-term.
 
CREDIT QUALITY
 
   The values of debt obligations may also be affected by changes in the credit
rating or financial condition of their issuers. Generally, the lower the quality
rating of a security, the higher the degree of risk as to the payment of
interest and return of principal. To compensate investors for taking on such
increased risk, those issuers deemed to be less creditworthy generally must
offer their investors higher interest rates than do issuers with better credit
ratings.
   In conducting its credit research and analysis, the Advisor considers both
qualitative and quantitative factors to evaluate the creditworthiness of
individual issuers. The Advisor also relies, in part, on credit ratings compiled
by a number of nationally recognized statistical rating organizations
("NRSROs"). "Appendix A - Ratings of Debt Obligations" presents a summary of
ratings of three well-known rating organizations: S&P, Moody's Investors
Service, Inc., and Fitch Investors Service, Inc. Please refer to the Appendix in
the Funds' SAI for a more detailed description of these ratings.
 
   INVESTMENT-GRADE DEBT OBLIGATIONS. Debt obligations rated in the highest-
through the medium-quality categories are commonly referred to as
"investment-grade" debt obligations and include the following:
 
- - U.S. government securities;
- - bonds or bank obligations rated in one of the four highest rating categories
  (e.g., BBB or higher by S&P);
- - short-term notes rated in one of the two highest rating categories (e.g., SP-2
  or higher by S&P);
- - short-term bank obligations rated in one of the three highest rating
  categories (e.g., A-3 or higher by S&P), with respect to obligations maturing
  in one year or less;
- - commercial paper rated in one of the three highest rating categories (e.g.,
  A-3 or higher by S&P);
- - unrated debt obligations determined by the Advisor to be of comparable
  quality; and
- - repurchase agreements involving investment-grade debt obligations.
 
   Investment-grade debt obligations are generally believed to have relatively
low degrees of credit risk. However, medium-quality debt obligations, while
considered investment grade, may have some speculative characteristics, since
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-13
<PAGE>   17
 
their issuers' capacity for repayment may be more vulnerable to adverse economic
conditions or changing circumstances than that of higher-rated issuers.
   All ratings are determined at the time of investment. Any subsequent rating
downgrade of a debt obligation will be monitored by the Advisor to consider what
action, if any, a Fund should take consistent with its investment objective.
 
   HIGH-YIELD (HIGH-RISK) SECURITIES. High-yield (high-risk) securities, also
referred to as "junk bonds," are those securities that are rated lower than
investment grade and unrated securities of comparable quality. Although these
securities generally offer higher yields than investment-grade securities with
similar maturities, lower-quality securities involve greater risks, including
the possibility of default or bankruptcy. In general, they are regarded to be
predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay interest
and repay principal. Other potential risks associated with investing in high-
yield securities include:
 
- - substantial market-price volatility resulting from changes in interest rates,
  changes in or uncertainty about economic conditions, and changes in the actual
  or perceived ability of the issuer to meet its obligations;
- - greater sensitivity of highly-leveraged issuers to adverse economic changes
  and individual-issuer developments;
- - subordination to the prior claims of other creditors;
- - additional Congressional attempts to restrict the use or limit the tax and
  other advantages of these securities; and
- - adverse publicity and changing investor perceptions about these securities.
 
   
   As with any other asset in a Fund's portfolio, any reduction in the value of
such securities as a result of the factors listed above would be reflected in
the net asset value of the Fund. In addition, a Fund that invests in
lower-quality securities may incur additional expenses to the extent it is
required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal and
interest on its holdings. As a result of the associated risks, successful
investments in high-yield, high-risk securities will be more dependent on the
Advisor's credit analysis than generally would be the case with investments in
investment-grade securities.
    
   It is uncertain how the high-yield market will perform during a prolonged
period of rising interest rates. A prolonged economic downturn or a prolonged
period of rising interest rates could adversely affect the market for these
securities, increase their volatility, and reduce their value and liquidity. In
addition, lower-quality securities tend to be less liquid than higher-quality
debt securities because the market for them is not as broad or active. If market
quotations are not available, these securities will be valued in accordance with
procedures established by a Fund's Board of Directors. Judgment may, therefore,
play a greater role in valuing these securities. The lack of a liquid secondary
market may have an adverse effect on market price and a Fund's ability to sell
particular securities.
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-14
<PAGE>   18
 
   
   See Appendix B for information concerning the credit quality of the High-
Yield Fund's investments for the eight-month fiscal year ended August 31, 1996.
    
 
                      IMPLEMENTATION OF POLICIES AND RISKS
 
   In addition to the investment policies described above (and subject to
certain restrictions described below), the Funds may invest in some or all of
the following securities and may employ some or all of the following investment
techniques, some of which may present special risks as described below. A more
complete discussion of certain of these securities and investment techniques and
the associated risks is contained in the Funds' SAI.
 
MUNICIPAL OBLIGATIONS
 
   IN GENERAL. Municipal obligations are debt obligations issued by or on behalf
of states, territories, and possessions of the United States and the District of
Columbia and their political subdivisions, agencies, and instrumentalities.
Municipal obligations generally include debt obligations issued to obtain funds
for various public purposes. Certain types of municipal obligations are issued
in whole or in part to obtain funding for privately operated facilities or
projects. Municipal obligations include general obligation bonds, revenue bonds,
industrial development bonds, notes, and municipal lease obligations.
   BONDS AND NOTES. General obligation bonds are secured by the issuer's pledge
of its full faith, credit, and taxing power for the payment of interest and
principal. Revenue bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a
project or facility or from the proceeds of a specified revenue source.
Industrial development bonds are generally revenue bonds secured by payments
from and the credit of private users. Municipal notes are issued to meet the
short-term funding requirements of state, regional, and local governments.
Municipal notes include tax anticipation notes, bond anticipation notes, revenue
anticipation notes, tax and revenue anticipation notes, construction loan notes,
short-term discount notes, tax-exempt commercial paper, demand notes, and
similar instruments. Municipal obligations include obligations, the interest on
which is exempt from federal income tax, that may become available in the future
as long as the Board of Directors of a Fund determines that an investment in any
such type of obligation is consistent with that Fund's investment objective.
   LEASE OBLIGATIONS. Municipal lease obligations may take the form of a lease,
an installment purchase, or a conditional sales contract. They are issued by
state and local governments and authorities to acquire land, equipment, and
facilities, such as state and municipal vehicles, telecommunications and
computer equipment, and other capital assets. Each Fund may purchase these
obligations directly, or it may purchase participation interests in such
obligations. (See "Participation Interests" below.) Municipal leases are
generally
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-15
<PAGE>   19
 
subject to greater risks than general obligation or revenue bonds. State
constitutions and statutes set forth requirements that states or municipalities
must meet in order to issue municipal obligations. Municipal leases may contain
a covenant by the state or municipality to budget for, appropriate, and make
payments due under the obligation. Certain municipal leases may, however,
contain "non-appropriation" clauses which provide that the issuer is not
obligated to make payments on the obligation in future years unless funds have
been appropriated for this purpose each year. Accordingly, such obligations are
subject to "non-appropriation" risk. While municipal leases are secured by the
underlying capital asset, it may be difficult to dispose of any such asset in
the event of non-appropriation or other default.
 
   MORTGAGE-BACKED BONDS. Each Fund's investments in municipal obligations may
include mortgage-backed municipal obligations, which are a type of municipal
security issued by a state, authority, or municipality to provide financing for
residential housing mortgages to target groups, generally low-income individuals
who are first-time home buyers. A Fund's interest, evidenced by such
obligations, is an undivided interest in a pool of mortgages. Payments made on
the underlying mortgages and passed through to the Fund will represent both
regularly scheduled principal and interest payments. A Fund may also receive
additional principal payments representing prepayments of the underlying
mortgages. While a certain level of prepayments can be expected, regardless of
the interest rate environment, it is anticipated that prepayment of the
underlying mortgages will accelerate in periods of declining interest rates. In
the event that a Fund receives principal prepayments in a declining
interest-rate environment, its reinvestment of such funds may be in bonds with a
lower yield.
 
PARTICIPATION INTERESTS
 
   
   A participation interest gives a Fund an undivided interest in a municipal
obligation in the proportion that the Fund's participation interest bears to the
principal amount of the obligation. These instruments may have fixed, floating,
or variable rates of interest. A Fund will only purchase participation interests
if accompanied by an opinion of counsel that the interest earned on the
underlying municipal obligations will be tax-exempt. If a Fund purchases unrated
participation interests, the Board of Directors or its delegate must have
determined that the credit risk is equivalent to the rated obligations in which
the Fund may invest. Participation interests may be backed by a letter of credit
or guaranty of the selling institution. When determining whether such a
participation interest meets a Fund's credit quality requirements, the Fund may
look to the credit quality of any financial guarantor providing a letter of
credit or guaranty.
    
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-16
<PAGE>   20
 
ILLIQUID SECURITIES
 
   The Funds may each invest up to 15% of their net assets in illiquid
securities. Illiquid securities are those securities that are not readily
marketable, including restricted securities and repurchase obligations maturing
in more than seven days. Certain restricted securities which may be resold to
institutional investors under Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 and
Section 4(2) commercial paper may be determined to be liquid under guidelines
adopted by each Fund's Board of Directors.
 
STANDBY COMMITMENTS
 
   
   In order to facilitate portfolio liquidity, each Fund may acquire standby
commitments from brokers, dealers, or banks with respect to securities in its
portfolio. Standby commitments entitle the holder to achieve same-day settlement
and receive an exercise price equal to the amortized cost of the underlying
security plus accrued interest. Standby commitments generally increase the cost
of the acquisition of the underlying security, thereby reducing the yield.
Standby commitments are subject to the issuer's ability to fulfill its
obligation upon demand. Although no definitive creditworthiness criteria are
used, the Advisor reviews the creditworthiness of the brokers, dealers, and
banks from which a Fund obtains standby commitments to evaluate those risks.
    
 
WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES
 
   
   Each Fund may invest in securities purchased on a when-issued or delayed-
delivery basis. Although the payment and interest terms of these securities are
established at the time the purchaser enters into the commitment, these
securities may be delivered and paid for at a future date, generally within 45
days. Purchasing when-issued securities allows a Fund to lock in a fixed price
or yield on a security it intends to purchase. However, when a Fund purchases a
when-issued security, it immediately assumes the risk of ownership, including
the risk of price fluctuation.
    
   The greater a Fund's outstanding commitments for these securities, the
greater the exposure to potential fluctuations in the net asset value of a Fund.
Purchasing when-issued securities may involve the additional risk that the yield
available in the market when the delivery occurs may be higher or the market
price lower than that obtained at the time of commitment. Although a Fund may be
able to sell these securities prior to the delivery date, it will purchase
when-issued securities for the purpose of actually acquiring the securities,
unless, after entering into the commitment, a sale appears desirable for
investment reasons. When required by SEC guidelines, a Fund will set aside
permissible liquid assets in a segregated account to secure its outstanding
commitments for when-issued securities.
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-17
<PAGE>   21
 
SECTOR CONCENTRATION
 
   From time to time, each Fund may invest 25% or more of its total assets in
municipal obligations that are related in such a way that an economic, business,
or political development or change affecting one such security could also affect
the other securities. Such related sectors may include hospitals, retirement
centers, pollution control, single-family housing, multiple-family housing,
industrial development, utilities, education, and general obligation bonds. Each
Fund also may invest 25% or more of its total assets in municipal obligations
whose issuers are located in the same state.
 
DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS
 
   
   A Fund may use derivative instruments for any lawful purpose consistent with
the Fund's investment objective such as hedging or managing risk. Derivative
instruments are commonly defined to include securities or contracts whose values
depend on (or "derive" from) the value of one or more other assets, such as
securities, currencies, or commodities. These "other assets" are commonly
referred to as "underlying assets."
    
   A derivative instrument generally consists of, is based upon, or exhibits
characteristics similar to options or forward contracts. Options and forward
contracts are considered to be the basic "building blocks" of derivatives. For
example, forward-based derivatives include forward contracts, swap contracts, as
well as exchange-traded futures. Option-based derivatives include privately
negotiated, over-the-counter (OTC) options (including caps, floors, collars, and
options on forward and swap contracts) and exchange-traded options on futures.
Diverse types of derivatives may be created by combining options or forward
contracts in different ways, and by applying these structures to a wide range of
underlying assets.
   An option is a contract in which the "holder" (the buyer) pays a certain
amount (the "premium") to the "writer" (the seller) to obtain the right, but not
the obligation, to buy from the writer (in a "call") or sell to the writer (in a
"put") a specific asset at an agreed upon price at or before a certain time. The
holder pays the premium at inception and has no further financial obligation.
The holder of an option-based derivative generally will benefit from favorable
movements in the price of the underlying asset but is not exposed to
corresponding losses due to adverse movements in the value of the underlying
asset. The writer of an option-based derivative generally will receive fees or
premiums but generally is exposed to losses due to changes in the value of the
underlying asset.
   A forward is a sales contract between a buyer (holding the "long" position)
and a seller (holding the "short" position) for an asset with delivery deferred
until a future date. The buyer agrees to pay a fixed price at the agreed future
date and the seller agrees to deliver the asset. The seller hopes that the
market price on the delivery date is less than the agreed upon price, while the
buyer hopes for the contrary. The change in value of a forward-based derivative
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-18
<PAGE>   22
 
generally is roughly proportional to the change in value of the underlying
asset.
   Derivative instruments may include (i) options; (ii) futures; (iii) options
on futures; (iv) short sales against the box, in which a Fund sells a security
it owns for delivery at a future date; (v) swaps, in which two parties agree to
exchange a series of cash flows in the future, such as interest-rate payments;
(vi) interest-rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees
to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a
specified rate, or "cap"; (vii) interest-rate floors, under which, in return for
a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that
interest rates fall below a specified level, or "floor"; and (viii) structured
instruments which combine the foregoing in different ways.
   
   Derivatives may be exchange-traded or traded in OTC transactions between
private parties. OTC transactions are subject to additional risks, such as the
credit risk of the counterparty to the instrument and are less liquid than
exchange-traded derivatives since they often can only be closed out with the
other party to the transaction. Derivative instruments may include elements of
leverage and, accordingly, the fluctuation of the value of the derivative
instrument in relation to the underlying asset may be magnified. When required
by SEC guidelines, a Fund will set aside permissible liquid assets in a
segregated account to secure its obligations under the derivative.
    
   The successful use of derivatives by a Fund is dependent upon a variety of
factors, particularly the Advisor's ability to correctly anticipate trends in
the underlying asset. In a hedging transaction, if the Advisor incorrectly
anticipates trends in the underlying asset, a Fund may be in a worse position
than if no hedging had occurred. In addition, there may be imperfect correlation
between a Fund's derivative transactions and the instruments being hedged. To
the extent that the Fund is engaging in derivative transactions for risk
management, the Fund's successful use of such transactions is more dependent
upon the Advisor's ability to correctly anticipate such trends, since losses in
these transactions may not be offset in gains in the Fund's portfolio or in
lower purchase prices for assets it intends to acquire. The Advisor's prediction
of trends in underlying assets may prove to be inaccurate, which could result in
substantial losses to a Fund.
   
   In addition to the derivative instruments and strategies described above, the
Advisor expects to discover additional derivative instruments and other trading
techniques. The Advisor may utilize these new derivative instruments and
techniques to the extent that they are consistent with the Fund's investment
objective and permitted by the Fund's investment limitations, operating
policies, and applicable regulatory authorities.
    
 
ZERO-COUPON, STEP-COUPON, AND PAY-IN-KIND SECURITIES
 
   
   Each Fund may invest in zero-coupon, step-coupon, and pay-in-kind securities.
These securities are debt securities that do not make regular cash interest
payments. Zero-coupon and step-coupon securities are sold at a deep discount
    
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-19
<PAGE>   23
 
to their face value. Pay-in-kind securities pay interest through the issuance of
additional securities. Because such securities do not pay current cash income,
the price of these securities can be volatile when interest rates fluctuate.
While these securities do not pay current cash income, federal income tax law
requires the holders of taxable zero-coupon, step-coupon, and pay-in-kind
securities to include in income each year the portion of the original issue
discount (or deemed discount) and other non-cash income on such securities
accrued during that year. In order to continue to qualify for treatment as a
"regulated investment company" under the Internal Revenue Code and avoid a
certain excise tax, a Fund may be required to distribute a portion of such
discount and income and may be required to dispose of other portfolio
securities, which may occur in periods of adverse market prices, in order to
generate cash to meet these distribution requirements.
 
   
CASH MANAGEMENT
    
 
   
   Each Fund may invest directly in cash and short-term fixed-income securities,
including, for this purpose, shares of one or more money market funds managed by
the Advisor (collectively, the "Strong Money Funds"). The Strong Money Funds
seek current income, a stable share price of $1.00, and daily liquidity. All
money market instruments can change in value when interest rates or an issuer's
creditworthiness change dramatically. The Strong Money Funds cannot guarantee
that they will always be able to maintain a stable net asset value of $1.00 per
share.
    
 
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
 
   Each Fund's historical portfolio turnover rate is listed under "Financial
Highlights." The annual portfolio turnover rate indicates changes in a Fund's
portfolio. The turnover rate may vary from year to year, as well as within a
year. It may also be affected by sales of portfolio securities necessary to meet
cash requirements for redemptions of shares. High portfolio turnover in any year
will result in the payment by a Fund of above-average amounts of transaction
costs and could result in the payment by shareholders of above-average amounts
of taxes on realized investment gains.
 
                                ABOUT THE FUNDS
 
MANAGEMENT
 
   The Board of Directors of each Fund is responsible for managing its business
and affairs. Each of the Funds has entered into an investment advisory agreement
(collectively the "Advisory Agreements") with Strong Capital Management, Inc.
(the "Advisor"). Except for the management fee arrangements, the Advisory
Agreements are identical. Under the terms of
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-20
<PAGE>   24
 
these agreements, the Advisor manages each Fund's investments and business
affairs subject to the supervision of each Fund's Board of Directors.
 
   
   ADVISOR. The Advisor began conducting business in 1974. Since then, its
principal business has been providing continuous investment supervision for
individuals and institutional accounts, such as pension funds and profit-sharing
plans, as well as mutual funds, several of which are funding vehicles for
variable insurance products. As of November 30, 1996, the Advisor had over $23
billion under management. The Advisor's principal mailing address is P.O. Box
2936, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201. Mr. Richard S. Strong, the Chairman of the
Board of each Fund, is the controlling shareholder of the Advisor.
    
   As compensation for its services, each Fund pays the Advisor a monthly
management fee based on a percentage of each Fund's average daily net asset
value. The annual rates are as follows: Short-Term Fund, .50%; and Bond and
High-Yield Funds, .60%. From time to time, the Advisor may voluntarily waive all
or a portion of its management fee and/or absorb certain Fund expenses without
further notification of the commencement or termination of such waiver or
absorption. Any such waiver or absorption will temporarily lower a Fund's
overall expense ratio and increase a Fund's overall return to investors.
   
   The Advisor permits portfolio managers and other persons who may have access
to information about the purchase or sale of securities in the Fund's portfolio
("access persons") to purchase and sell securities for their own accounts,
subject to the Advisor's policy governing personal investing. The policy
requires access persons to conduct their personal investment activities in a
manner that the Advisor believes is not detrimental to the Fund or to the
Advisor's other advisory clients. Among other things, the policy requires access
persons to obtain preclearance before executing personal trades and prohibits
access persons from keeping profits derived from the purchase or sale of the
same security within 60 calendar days. See the SAI for more information.
    
 
   
   PORTFOLIO MANAGERS. The following individuals serve as portfolio managers for
the Strong Municipal Income Funds.
    
 
   
                     STRONG SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND FUND
    
   
                           STRONG MUNICIPAL BOND FUND
    
 
   
   STEVEN D. HARROP. A Chartered Financial Analyst, Mr. Harrop joined the
Advisor in 1991. Previously, he was employed by USAA Investment Management
Company, where he co-managed a balanced fund and managed five tax-exempt funds.
Mr. Harrop received his bachelor's degree from Brigham Young University in 1972
and his master's degree from Northwestern University in 1973. He has managed the
Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund since December 1995 and the Strong
Municipal Bond Fund since September 1996.
    
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-21
<PAGE>   25
 
   
                     STRONG HIGH-YIELD MUNICIPAL BOND FUND
    
 
   
   MARY-KAY H. BOURBULAS. Prior to joining the Advisor as a portfolio manager in
October 1991, Ms. Bourbulas was employed by Stein Roe & Farnham, where she
co-managed two tax-exempt funds. Ms. Bourbulas received her bachelor's degree
from Northwestern University in 1989. Ms. Bourbulas co-managed the Strong
High-Yield Municipal Bond Fund from its inception in 1993 until December 1995,
when she assumed sole management responsibility for the Fund.
    
 
TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND-DISBURSING AGENT
 
   The Advisor, P.O. Box 2936, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201, also acts as
dividend-disbursing agent and transfer agent for the Funds. The Advisor is
compensated for its services based on an annual fee per account plus certain
out-of-pocket expenses. The fees received and the services provided as transfer
agent and dividend-disbursing agent are in addition to those received and
provided under the Advisory Agreements between the Advisor and the Funds.
 
DISTRIBUTOR
 
   Strong Funds Distributors, Inc., P.O. Box 2936, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201,
an indirect subsidiary of the Advisor, acts as distributor of the shares of the
Funds.
 
ORGANIZATION
 
   
   SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS. Each Fund is a Wisconsin corporation that is authorized
to issue an indefinite number of shares of common stock and series and classes
of series of shares of common stock. Each share of the Funds has one vote, and
all shares participate equally in dividends and other capital gains
distributions by the respective Fund and in the residual assets of the
respective Fund in the event of liquidation. Certificates will be issued for
shares held in your account only upon your written request. You will, however,
have full shareholder rights whether or not you request certificates. Generally,
the Funds will not hold an annual meeting of shareholders unless required by the
1940 Act.
    
 
   SHAREHOLDER PRIVILEGES. The shareholders of each Fund may benefit from the
privileges described in the "Shareholder Manual" (see page II-1). However, each
Fund reserves the right, at any time and without prior notice, to suspend,
limit, modify, or terminate any of these privileges or their use in any manner
by any person or class.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES
 
   PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS. Unless you choose otherwise,
all your dividends and capital gains distributions will be automatically
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-22
<PAGE>   26
 
reinvested in additional Fund shares. Or, you may elect to have all your
dividends and capital gain distributions from a Fund automatically invested in
additional shares of another Strong Fund. Shares are purchased at the net asset
value determined on the payment date. If you request in writing that your
dividends and other distributions be paid in cash, a Fund will credit your bank
account by Electronic Funds Transfer ("EFT") or issue a check to you within five
business days of the payment date. You may change your election at any time by
calling or writing Strong Funds. Strong Funds must receive any such change 7
days (15 days for EFT) prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution payment
date in order for the change to be effective for that payment.
   The policy of each Fund is to pay dividends from net investment income
monthly and to distribute substantially all net realized capital gains annually.
Each Fund may make additional distributions if necessary to avoid imposition of
a 4% excise tax on undistributed income and gains. Each Fund declares dividends
on each day its net asset value is calculated, except for bank holidays. Income
earned on weekends, holidays (including bank holidays), and days on which net
asset value is not calculated is declared as a dividend on the day on which a
Fund's net asset value was most recently calculated.
 
   TAX STATUS OF DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS. If a Fund satisfies certain
requirements described under "Taxes" in the SAI - which each Fund intends to
continue to do - dividends paid by that Fund from the interest earned on
municipal bonds will constitute "exempt-interest dividends" and will not be
subject to federal income tax. However, the Funds may invest in municipal bonds
the interest on which is a tax preference item for purposes of the federal
alternative minimum tax ("AMT"). Exempt-interest dividends distributed to
corporate shareholders also may be subject to the AMT regardless of the types of
municipal bonds in which a Fund invests, depending on the corporation's tax
status. Distributions by the Funds may be subject to state and local taxes,
depending on the laws of your home state and locality.
   You will be subject to federal income tax at ordinary income rates on any
income dividends you receive that are derived from interest on taxable
securities or from net realized short-term capital gains. Distributions by a
Fund of net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net
short-term capital loss), when designated as such, are taxable to you as
long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your Fund shares.
   The Funds' distributions, other than exempt-interest dividends ("taxable
distributions"), are taxable in the year they are paid, whether they are taken
in cash or are reinvested in additional shares, except that certain taxable
distributions declared in the last three months of the year and paid in January
are taxable as if paid on December 31.
   If a Fund's taxable distributions exceed its investment company taxable
income and net capital gain in any year, all or a portion of those distributions
may be treated as a return of capital to shareholders for tax purposes.
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-23
<PAGE>   27
 
   YEAR-END TAX REPORTING. After the end of each calendar year, you will receive
a statement (Form 1099) of the federal income tax status of all dividends and
other distributions paid (or deemed paid) during the year.
 
   SHARES SOLD OR EXCHANGED. Your redemption of Fund shares may result in
taxable gain or loss to you, depending upon whether the redemption proceeds
payable to you are more or less than your adjusted cost basis for the redeemed
shares. Similar tax consequences generally will result from an exchange of Fund
shares for shares of another Strong Fund. If you purchase shares of a Fund
within thirty days before or after redeeming shares of the same Fund at a loss,
a portion or all of that loss will not be deductible and will increase the cost
basis of the newly purchased shares. If you redeem all the shares in an account
at any time during a month, dividends credited to the account since the
beginning of the month through the day of redemption will be paid with the
redemption proceeds.
 
   BACKUP WITHHOLDING. If you are an individual or certain other noncorporate
shareholder and do not furnish a Fund with a correct taxpayer identification
number, the Fund is required to withhold federal income tax at a rate of 31%
(backup withholding) from all taxable dividends, capital gain distributions, and
redemption proceeds, payable to you. Withholding at that rate from taxable
dividends and capital gain distributions payable to you also is required if you
otherwise are subject to backup withholding. To avoid backup withholding, you
must provide a taxpayer identification number and state that you are not subject
to backup withholding due to the underreporting of your income. This
certification is included as part of your application. Please complete it when
you open your account.
 
   TAX STATUS OF THE FUNDS. Each Fund intends to continue to qualify for
treatment as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Internal
Revenue Code and, if so qualified, will not be liable for federal income tax on
earnings and gains distributed to its shareholders in a timely manner.
   This section is not intended to be a full discussion of present or proposed
federal income tax law and its effects on the Funds and investors therein. See
the SAI for a further discussion. There may be other federal, state, or local
tax considerations applicable to a particular investor. You are therefore urged
to consult your own tax adviser.
 
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
 
   
   Each Fund may advertise a variety of types of performance information,
including "yield," "equivalent taxable yield," "average annual total return,"
"total return," and "cumulative total return." Each of these figures is based
upon historical results and does not represent the future performance of a Fund.
    
   Yield is an annualized figure, which means that it is assumed that a Fund
generates the same level of net investment income over a one-year period. The
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-24
<PAGE>   28
 
Funds' yield is a measure of the net investment income per share earned by a
Fund over a specific 30-day period and is shown as a percentage of the net asset
value of the Fund's shares at the end of the period. Equivalent taxable yield
represents the amount a taxable investment would need to generate to equal a
Fund's yield for an investor at stated tax rates.
   Average annual total return and total return figures measure both the net
investment income generated by, and the effect of any realized and unrealized
appreciation or depreciation of, the underlying investments in a Fund assuming
the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. Total return figures are
not annualized and simply represent the aggregate change of a Fund's investments
over a specified period of time.
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-25
<PAGE>   29
 
                  This page has been left blank intentionally.
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE I-26
<PAGE>   30
 
                               SHAREHOLDER MANUAL
 
   
<TABLE>
          <S>                                    <C>
          HOW TO BUY SHARES......................  II-1
          DETERMINING YOUR SHARE PRICE...........  II-4
          HOW TO SELL SHARES.....................  II-5
          SHAREHOLDER SERVICES...................  II-8
          REGULAR INVESTMENT PLANS............... II-10
          SPECIAL SITUATIONS..................... II-12
</TABLE>
    
 
HOW TO BUY SHARES
 
   
   All the Strong Funds are 100% no-load, meaning you may purchase, redeem or
exchange shares directly at net asset value without paying a sales charge.
Because the Funds' net asset values change daily, your purchase price will be
the next net asset value determined after Strong receives and accepts your
purchase order. Your money will begin earning dividends the first business day
after your purchase order is accepted in proper form.
    
   Whether you are opening a new account or adding to an existing one, Strong
provides you with several methods to buy Fund shares.
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-1
<PAGE>   31
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                      <C>
                         TO OPEN A NEW ACCOUNT
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAIL                     BY CHECK
                         - Complete and sign the application. Make your check
                         or money order payable to "Strong Funds."
                         - Mail to Strong Funds, P.O. Box 2936, Milwaukee,
                           Wisconsin 53201. If you're using an express
                           delivery service, send to Strong Funds, 900
                           Heritage Reserve, Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin 53051.
                         BY EXCHANGE
                         - Call 1-800-368-3863 for instructions on
                         establishing an account with an exchange by mail.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TELEPHONE                BY EXCHANGE
                         - Call 1-800-368-3863 to establish a new account by
1-800-368-3863           exchanging funds from an existing Strong Funds
24 HOURS A DAY,            account.
7 DAYS A WEEK            - Sign up for telephone exchange services when you
                         open your account. To add the telephone exchange
                           option to your account, call 1-800-368-3863 for a
                           Telephone Exchange Form.
                         - Please note that your accounts must be identically
                         registered and that you must exchange enough into the
                           new account to meet the minimum initial investment.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IN PERSON                - Stop by our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls,
                         Wisconsin.
                           Call 1-800-368-3863 for hours and directions.
                         - The Investor Center can only accept checks or money
                           orders.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WIRE                     Call 1-800-368-3863 for instructions on opening an
                         account
                         by wire.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AUTOMATICALLY            USE STRONG'S "NO-MINIMUM INVESTMENT PROGRAM."
                         - If you sign up for Strong's Automatic Investment
                         Plan when you open your account, Strong Funds will
                           waive the Fund's minimum initial investment (see
                           chart on page II-4).
                         - Complete the Automatic Investment Plan section on
                         the account application.
                         - Mail to the address indicated on the application.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BROKER-DEALER            - You may purchase shares in a Fund through a
                         broker-dealer
                           or other institution that may charge a transaction
                         fee.
                         - Strong Funds may only accept requests to purchase
                           shares into a broker-dealer street name account
                           from the broker-dealer.
</TABLE>
    
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-2
<PAGE>   32
 
                         TO ADD TO AN EXISTING ACCOUNT
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BY CHECK
- - Complete an Additional Investment Form provided at the bottom of your account
  statement, or write a note indicating your fund account number and
  registration. Make your check or money order payable to "Strong Funds."
   
- - Mail to Strong Funds, P.O. Box 2936, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201. If you're
  using an express delivery service, send to Strong Funds, 900 Heritage Reserve,
  Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin 53051.
    
BY EXCHANGE
- - Call 1-800-368-3863 for instructions on exchanging by mail.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
BY EXCHANGE
- - Add to an account by exchanging funds from another Strong Funds account.
- - Sign up for telephone exchange services when you open your account. To add the
  telephone exchange option to your account, call 1-800-368-3863 for a Telephone
  Exchange Form.
- - Please note that the accounts must be identically registered and that the
  minimum exchange is $50 or the balance of your account, whichever is less.
BY TELEPHONE PURCHASE
- - Sign up for telephone purchase when you open your account to make additional
  investments from $50 to $25,000 into your Strong Funds account by telephone.
  To add this option to your account, call 1-800-368-3863 for a Telephone
  Purchase Form.
   
Or use Strong Direct SM, Strong Funds' automated telephone response system. Call
1-800-368-7550.
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
- - Stop by our Investor Center in Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin. Call 1-800-368-3863
  for hours and directions.
- - The Investor Center can only accept checks or money orders.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Call 1-800-368-3863 for instructions on adding to an account by wire.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
USE ONE OF STRONG'S AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PROGRAMS. Sign up for these services
when you open your account, or call 1-800-368-3863 for instructions on how to
add them to your existing account.
- - AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN. Make regular, systematic investments (minimum $50)
  into your Strong Funds account from your bank checking or NOW account.
  Complete the Automatic Investment Plan section on the account application.
- - AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE PLAN. Make regular, systematic exchanges (minimum $50) from
  one Strong Funds account to another. Call 1-800-368-3863 for an application.
- - PAYROLL DIRECT DEPOSIT. Have a specified amount (minimum $50) regularly
  deducted from your paycheck, social security check, military allotment, or
  annuity payment invested directly into your Strong Funds account. Call
  1-800-368-3863 for an application.
- - AUTOMATIC DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT. Unless you choose otherwise, all your
  dividends and capital gain distributions will be automatically reinvested in
  additional Fund shares. Or, you may elect to have your dividends and capital
  gain distributions automatically invested in shares of another Strong Fund.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
- - You may purchase additional shares in a Fund through a broker-dealer or other
  institution that may charge a transaction fee.
- - Strong Funds may only accept requests to purchase shares into a broker-dealer
  street name account from the broker-dealer.
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-3
<PAGE>   33
 
                    WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT BUYING SHARES
 
- - Please make all checks or money orders payable to "Strong Funds."
- - We cannot accept third-party checks or checks drawn on banks outside the U.S.
- - You will be charged a $20 service fee for each check, wire, or Electronic
  Funds Transfer ("EFT") purchase that is returned unpaid, and you will be
  responsible for any resulting losses suffered by a Fund.
- - Further documentation may be requested from corporations, executors,
  administrators, trustees, guardians, agents, or attorneys-in-fact.
   
- - A Fund reserves the right to decline to accept your purchase order upon
  receipt for any reason.
    
- - Minimum Investment Requirements:
 
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
   To open a regular account...........................................$2,500
 
   To open an UGMA/UTMA account..........................................$250
 
   To add to an existing account..........................................$50
 
   
   The Funds offer a No-Minimum Investment Program that waives the minimum
initial investment requirements for investors who participate in the Strong
Automatic Investment Plan (described on page II-10). Unless you participate in
the Strong No-Minimum Investment Program, please ensure that your purchases meet
the minimum investment requirements.
    
   Under certain circumstances (for example, if you discontinue a No-Minimum
Investment Program before you reach a Fund's minimum initial investment) each
Fund reserves the right to close your account. Before taking such action, a Fund
will provide you with written notice and at least 60 days in which to reinstate
an investment program or otherwise reach the minimum initial investment
required.
 
   
DETERMINING YOUR SHARE PRICE
    
 
   Generally, when you make any purchases, sales, or exchanges, the price of
your shares will be the net asset value ("NAV") next determined after Strong
Funds receives your request in proper form. If Strong Funds receives such
request prior to the close of the New York Stock Exchange (the "Exchange") on a
day on which the Exchange is open, your share price will be the NAV determined
that day. The NAV for each Fund is normally determined as of 3:00 p.m. Central
Time ("CT") each day the Exchange is open. The Funds reserve the right to change
the time at which purchases, redemptions, and exchanges are priced if the
Exchange closes at a time other than 3:00 p.m. CT or if an emergency exists.
Each Fund's NAV is calculated by taking the fair value of a Fund's total assets,
subtracting all its liabilities, and dividing by the
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-4
<PAGE>   34
 
total number of shares outstanding. Expenses are accrued and applied daily when
determining the NAV.
   Each Fund's municipal securities are valued at fair value as determined by a
pricing service that is designated by the Funds' Board of Directors. The pricing
service generally values securities at the average of the most recent bid and
asked prices and also may look to such factors as market transactions among
institutional investors and dealer quotations for similar securities. The other
debt securities are valued at the last sales price on the national securities
exchange or NASDAQ on which such securities are primarily traded; however,
securities traded on NASDAQ for which there were no transactions on a given day
or securities not listed on an exchange or NASDAQ are valued at the average of
the most recent bid and asked prices. Any taxable securities or other assets for
which market quotations are not readily available are valued at fair value as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. Any debt securities of a
Fund having remaining maturities of 60 days or less are valued by the amortized
cost method when the Board of Directors determines that the fair value of such
securities is their amortized cost.
 
HOW TO SELL SHARES
 
   You can access the money in your account at any time by selling (redeeming)
some or all of your shares back to the Fund. Once your redemption request is
received in proper form, Strong will normally mail you the proceeds the next
business day and, in any event, no later than seven days thereafter.
   
   To redeem shares, you may use any of the methods described in the following
chart. For your protection, certain requests may require a signature guarantee.
(See "Special Situations - Signature Guarantees.")
    
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-5
<PAGE>   35
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                      <C>
                         TO SELL SHARES
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAIL                     FOR INDIVIDUAL, JOINT TENANT, AND UGMA/UTMA ACCOUNTS
                         - Write a "letter of instruction" that includes the
For your protection      following information: your account number, the
certain redemption         dollar amount or number of shares you wish to
requests                   redeem, each owner's name, your street address, and
may require a signature    the signature of each owner as it appears on the
guarantee. See "Special    account.
Situations - Signature   - Mail to Strong Funds, P.O. Box 2936, Milwaukee,
Guarantees."             Wisconsin 53201. If you're using an express delivery
                           service, send to 900 Heritage Reserve, Menomonee
                           Falls, Wisconsin 53051.
                         FOR TRUST ACCOUNTS
                         - Same as above. Please ensure that all trustees sign
                         the letter of instruction.
                         FOR OTHER REGISTRATIONS
                         - Call 1-800-368-3863 for instructions.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
TELEPHONE                Sign up for telephone redemption services when you
                         open
1-800-368-3863           your account by checking the "Yes" box in the
24 HOURS A DAY,          appropriate section of the account application. To
7 DAYS A WEEK            add the telephone redemption option to your account,
                         call 1-800-368-3863 for a Telephone Redemption Form.
                         Once the telephone redemption option is in place, you
                         may sell shares by phone and arrange to receive the
                         proceeds in one of three ways:
                         TO RECEIVE A CHECK BY MAIL
                         - At no charge, we will mail a check to the address
                         to which your account is registered.
                         TO DEPOSIT BY EFT
                         - At no charge, we will transmit the proceeds by
                         Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) to a pre-authorized
                           bank account. Usually, the funds will arrive at
                           your bank two banking days after we process your
                           redemption.
                         TO DEPOSIT BY WIRE
                         - For a $10 fee, we will transmit the proceeds by
                         wire to a pre-authorized bank account. Usually, the
                           funds will arrive at your bank the next banking day
                           after we process your redemption.
                         You may also use Strong DirectSM, Strong Funds'
                         automated telephone response system. Call
                         1-800-368-7550.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
CHECK WRITING            Sign up for the free check-writing privileges when
                         you open
                         your account. To add check writing to an existing
                         account or to order additional checks, call
                         1-800-368-3863.
                         - Please keep in mind that all check redemptions must
                         be for a minimum of $500 and that you cannot write a
                           check to close an account.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
AUTOMATICALLY            You can set up automatic withdrawals from your
                         account at
                         regular intervals. To establish the Systematic
                         Withdrawal Plan, request a form by calling
                         1-800-368-3863.
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
BROKER-DEALER            You may also redeem shares through broker-dealers or
                         others
                         who may charge a commission or other transaction fee.
</TABLE>
    
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-6
<PAGE>   36
 
                   WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT SELLING SHARES
 
- - If you have recently purchased shares, please be aware that your redemption
  request may not be honored until the purchase check has cleared your bank,
  which generally occurs within ten calendar days.
- - You will be charged a $10 service fee for a stop-payment and replacement of a
  redemption or dividend check.
- - The right of redemption may be suspended during any period in which (i)
  trading on the Exchange is restricted, as determined by the SEC, or the
  Exchange is closed for other than weekends and holidays; (ii) the SEC has
  permitted such suspension by order; or (iii) an emergency as determined by the
  SEC exists, making disposal of portfolio securities or valuation of net assets
  of a Fund not reasonably practicable.
- - If you are selling shares you hold in certificate form, you must submit the
  certificates with your redemption request. Each registered owner must endorse
  the certificates and all signatures must be guaranteed.
- - Further documentation may be requested from corporations, executors,
  administrators, trustees, guardians, agents, or attorneys-in-fact.
 
                              REDEMPTIONS IN KIND
 
   
   The Funds have elected to be governed by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act, which
obligates each Fund to redeem shares in cash, with respect to any one
shareholder during any 90-day period, up to the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the
assets of the Fund. If the Advisor determines that existing conditions make cash
payments undesirable, redemption payments may be made in whole or in part in
securities or other financial assets, valued for this purpose as they are valued
in computing the NAV for the Fund's shares (a "redemption-in-kind").
Shareholders receiving securities or other financial assets in a redemption-in-
kind may realize a gain or loss for tax purposes, and will incur any costs of
sale, as well as the associated inconveniences. If you expect to make a
redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the Fund's assets during
any 90-day period and would like to avoid any possibility of being paid with
securities in-kind, you may do so by providing Strong Funds with an
unconditional instruction to redeem at least 15 calendar days prior to the date
on which the redemption transaction is to occur, specifying the dollar amount or
number of shares to be redeemed and the date of the transaction (please call
1-800-368-3863). This will provide the Fund with sufficient time to raise the
cash in an orderly manner to pay the redemption and thereby minimize the effect
of the redemption on the interests of the Fund's remaining shareholders.
Redemption checks in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Fund's assets
during any 90-day period may not be honored by the Fund if the Advisor
determines that existing conditions make cash payments undesirable.
    
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-7
<PAGE>   37
 
                WHAT YOU SHOULD KNOW ABOUT TELEPHONE REDEMPTIONS
 
- - The Funds reserve the right to refuse a telephone redemption if they believe
  it advisable to do so.
- - Once you place your telephone redemption request, it cannot be canceled or
  modified.
- - Investors will bear the risk of loss from fraudulent or unauthorized
  instructions received over the telephone provided that the Fund reasonably
  believes that such instructions are genuine. The Funds and their transfer
  agent employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions communicated
  by telephone are genuine. The Funds may incur liability if they do not follow
  these procedures.
- - Because of increased telephone volume, you may experience difficulty in
  implementing a telephone redemption during periods of dramatic economic or
  market changes.
 
SHAREHOLDER SERVICES
 
                              INFORMATION SERVICES
 
   
   24-HOUR ASSISTANCE. Strong Funds has registered representatives available to
help you 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. Call 1-414-359-1400 or toll-free
1-800-368-3863. You may also write to Strong Funds at the address on the cover
of this Prospectus, or e-mail us at [email protected].
    
 
   
   STRONG DIRECTSM AUTOMATED TELEPHONE SYSTEM. Also available 24 hours a day,
the Strong DirectSM automated response system enables you to use a touch-tone
phone to hear fund quotes and returns on any Strong Fund. You may also confirm
account balances, hear records of recent transactions and dividend activity
(1-800-368-5550), and perform purchases, exchanges or redemptions among your
existing Strong accounts (1-800-368-7550). Your account information is protected
by a personal code that you establish.
    
 
   STATEMENTS AND REPORTS. At a minimum, each Fund will confirm all transactions
for your account on a quarterly basis. We recommend that you file each quarterly
statement - and, especially, each calendar year-end statement - with your other
important financial papers, since you may need to refer to them at a later date
for tax purposes. Should you need additional copies of previous statements, you
may order confirmation statements for the current and preceding year at no
charge. Statements for earlier years are available for $10 each. Call
1-800-368-3863 to order past statements.
   Each year, you will also receive a statement confirming the tax status of any
distributions paid to you, as well as a semi-annual report and an annual report
containing audited financial statements.
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-8
<PAGE>   38
 
   To reduce the volume of mail you receive, only one copy of certain materials,
such as prospectuses and shareholder reports, is mailed to your household. Call
1-800-368-3863 if you wish to receive additional copies, free of charge.
   More complete information regarding each Fund's investment policies and
services is contained in the SAI, which you may request by calling or writing
Strong Funds at the phone number and address on the cover of this Prospectus.
 
   CHANGING YOUR ACCOUNT INFORMATION. So that you continue receiving your Strong
correspondence, including any dividend checks and statements, please notify us
in writing as soon as possible if your address changes. You may use the
Additional Investment Form at the bottom of your confirmation statement, or
simply write us a letter of instruction that contains the following information:
      1. a written request to change the address,
      2. the account number(s) for which the address is to be changed,
      3. the new address, and
      4. the signatures of all owners of the accounts.
   Please send your request to the address on the cover of this Prospectus.
   Changes to your accounts' registration - such as adding or removing a joint
owner, changing an owner's name, or changing the type of your account - must
also be submitted in writing. Please call 1-800-368-3863 for instructions. For
your protection, some requests may require a signature guarantee.
 
                              TRANSACTION SERVICES
 
   EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE. You may exchange shares between identically registered
Strong Funds accounts, either in writing or by telephone. By establishing the
telephone exchange services, you authorize the Fund and its agents to act upon
your instruction by telephone or exchange shares from any account you specify.
For tax purposes, an exchange is considered a sale and a purchase of Fund
shares. Please obtain and read the appropriate prospectus before investing in
any of the Strong Funds. Since an excessive number of exchanges may be
detrimental to the Funds, each Fund reserves the right to discontinue the
exchange privilege of any shareholder who makes more than five exchanges in a
year or three exchanges in a calendar quarter.
 
                             ----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-9
<PAGE>   39
 
   CHECK-WRITING PRIVILEGES. You may also redeem shares by check in amounts of
$500 or more. There is no charge for check-writing privileges. Redemption by
check cannot be honored if share certificates are outstanding and would need to
be liquidated to honor the check. In addition, a check may not be honored if the
check results in you redeeming more than the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of the
Fund's assets in any 90-day period and the advisor determines that existing
conditions make cash payments undesirable. Checks are supplied free of charge,
and additional checks will be sent to you upon your request. The Funds do not
return the checks you write, although copies are available upon request.
   You may place stop-payment requests on checks by calling Strong Funds at
1-800-368-3863. A $10 fee will be charged for each stop-payment request. A stop
payment will remain in effect for two weeks following receipt of oral
instruction (six months following written instructions) by Strong Funds.
   If there are insufficient cleared shares in your account to cover the amount
of your redemption by check, the check will be returned, marked "insufficient
funds," and a fee of $10 will be charged to the account.
 
REGULAR INVESTMENT PLANS
 
   Strong Funds' Automatic Investment Plan, Payroll Direct Deposit Plan, and
Automatic Exchange Plan, all discussed below, are methods of implementing DOLLAR
COST AVERAGING. Dollar cost averaging is an investment strategy that involves
investing a fixed amount of money at regular time intervals. By always investing
the same set amount, you will be purchasing more shares when the price is low
and fewer shares when the price is high. Ultimately, by using this principle in
conjunction with fluctuations in share price, your average cost per share may be
less than your average transaction price. A program of regular investment cannot
ensure a profit or protect against a loss during declining markets. Since such a
program involves continuous investment regardless of fluctuating share values,
you should consider your ability to continue the program through periods of both
low and high share-price levels.
 
   
   AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT PLAN. The Automatic Investment Plan allows you to make
regular, systematic investments in a Fund from your bank checking or NOW
account. You may choose to make investments on any day of the month in amounts
of $50 or more. You can set up the Automatic Investment Plan with any financial
institution that is a member of the Automated Clearing House. Because each Fund
has the right to close an investor's account for failure to reach the minimum
initial investment, please consider your ability to continue this Plan until you
reach the minimum initial investment. To establish the Plan, complete the
Automatic Investment Plan section on the account application, or call
1-800-368-3863 for an application.
    
 
                            -----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-10
<PAGE>   40
 
   PAYROLL DIRECT DEPOSIT PLAN. Once you meet a Fund's minimum initial
investment requirement, you may purchase additional Fund shares through the
Payroll Direct Deposit Plan. Through this Plan, periodic investments (minimum
$50) are made automatically from your payroll check into your existing Fund
account. By enrolling in the Plan, you authorize your employer or its agents to
deposit a specified amount from your payroll check into the Fund's bank account.
In most cases, your Fund account will be credited the day after the amount is
received by the Fund's bank. In order to participate in the Plan, your employer
must have direct deposit capabilities through the Automated Clearing House
available to its employees. The Plan may be used for other direct deposits, such
as social security checks, military allotments, and annuity payments.
   To establish a Direct Deposit for your account, call 1-800-368-3863 to obtain
an Authorization for Payroll Direct Deposit to a Strong Funds Account form. Once
the Plan is established, you may alter the amount of the deposit, alter the
frequency of the deposit, or terminate your participation in the program by
notifying your employer.
 
   AUTOMATIC EXCHANGE PLAN. The Automatic Exchange Plan allows you to make
regular, systematic exchanges (minimum $50) from one Strong Funds account into
another Strong Funds account. By setting up the Plan, you authorize the Fund and
its agents to redeem a set dollar amount or number of shares from the first
account and purchase shares of a second Strong Fund. In addition, you authorize
a Fund and its agents to accept telephone instructions to change the dollar
amount and frequency of the exchange. An exchange transaction is a sale and
purchase of shares for federal income tax purposes and may result in a capital
gain or loss. To establish the Plan, request a form by calling 1-800-368-3863.
   To participate in the Automatic Exchange Plan, you must have an initial
account balance of $2,500 in the first account and at least the minimum initial
investment in the second account. Exchanges may be made on any day or days of
your choice. If the amount remaining in the first account is less than the
exchange amount you requested, then the remaining amount will be exchanged. At
such time as the first account has a zero balance, your participation in the
Plan will be terminated. You may also terminate the Plan at any time by calling
or writing to the Fund. Once participation in the Plan has been terminated for
any reason, to reinstate the Plan you must do so in writing; simply investing
additional funds will not reinstate the Plan.
 
   SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWAL PLAN. You can set up automatic withdrawals from your
account at regular intervals. To begin distributions, you must have an initial
balance of $5,000 in your account and withdraw at least $50 per payment. To
establish the Systematic Withdrawal Plan, request a form by calling
1-800-368-3863. Depending upon the size of the account and the withdrawals
requested (and fluctuations in net asset value of the shares redeemed),
redemptions for the purpose of satisfying such withdrawals may reduce or even
 
                            -----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-11
<PAGE>   41
 
exhaust the account. If the amount remaining in the account is not sufficient to
meet a plan payment, the remaining amount will be redeemed and the Plan will be
terminated.
 
SPECIAL SITUATIONS
 
   POWER OF ATTORNEY. If you are investing as attorney-in-fact for another
person, please complete the account application in the name of such person and
sign the back of the application in the following form: "[applicant's name] by
[your name], attorney-in-fact." To avoid having to file an affidavit prior to
each transaction, please complete the Power of Attorney form available from
Strong Funds at 1-800-368-3863. However, if you would like to use your own power
of attorney form, please call the same number for instructions.
 
   
   CORPORATIONS AND TRUSTS. If you are investing for a corporation, please
include with your account application a certified copy of your corporate
resolution indicating which officers are authorized to act on behalf of the
corporation. As an alternative, you may complete a Certification of Authorized
Individuals, which can be obtained from the Funds. Until a valid corporate
resolution or Certification of Authorized Individuals is received by the Fund,
services such as telephone redemption, wire redemption, and check writing will
not be established.
    
   If you are investing as a trustee, please include the date of the trust. All
trustees must sign the application. If they do not, services such as telephone
redemption, wire redemption, and check writing will not be established. All
trustees must sign redemption requests unless proper documentation to the
contrary is provided to the Fund. Failure to provide these documents or
signatures as required when you invest may result in delays in processing
redemption requests.
 
   
   FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES. Broker-dealers, financial institutions, and other
financial intermediaries that have entered into agreements with the Distributor
may enter purchase or redemption orders on behalf of their customers. If you
purchase or redeem shares of a Fund through a financial intermediary, certain
features of the Fund relating to such transactions may not be available or may
be modified in accordance with the terms of the intermediaries' agreement with
the Distributor. In addition, certain operational policies of a Fund, including
those related to settlement and dividend accrual, may vary from those applicable
to direct shareholders' of the Fund and may vary among intermediaries. We urge
you to consult your financial intermediary for more information regarding these
matters. In addition, a Fund may pay, directly or indirectly through
arrangements with the Advisor, amounts to financial intermediaries that provide
transfer agent type and/or other administrative services relating to the Fund to
their customers provided, however, that the Fund will not pay more for these
services through intermediary relationships than it
    
 
                            -----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-12
<PAGE>   42
 
   
would if the intermediaries' customers were direct shareholders in the Fund.
Certain financial intermediaries may charge a commission or other transaction
fee for their services. You will not be charged for such fees if you purchase or
redeem your Fund shares directly from a Fund without the intervention of a
financial intermediary.
    
 
   SIGNATURE GUARANTEES. A signature guarantee is designed to protect you and
the Funds against fraudulent transactions by unauthorized persons. In the
following instances, the Funds will require a signature guarantee for all
authorized owners of an account:
 
- - when you add the telephone redemption or check-writing options to your
  existing account;
- - if you transfer the ownership of your account to another individual or
  organization;
- - when you submit a written redemption request for more than $25,000;
- - when you request to redeem or redeposit shares that have been issued in
  certificate form;
- - if you open an account and later decide that you want certificates;
- - when you request that redemption proceeds be sent to a different name or
  address than is registered on your account;
- - if you add/change your name or add/remove an owner on your account; and
- - if you add/change the beneficiary on your transfer-on-death account.
 
   A signature guarantee may be obtained from any eligible guarantor
institution, as defined by the SEC. These institutions include banks, savings
associations, credit unions, brokerage firms, and others. PLEASE NOTE THAT A
NOTARY PUBLIC STAMP OR SEAL IS NOT ACCEPTABLE.
 
                            -----------------------
 
                              PROSPECTUS PAGE II-13
<PAGE>   43
 
                                   APPENDIX A
 
RATINGS OF DEBT OBLIGATIONS:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Moody's          Standard &            Fitch
  Investors       Poor's Ratings        Investors
Service, Inc.          Group          Service, Inc.         Definition
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>               <C>                 <C>               <C>
Aaa               AAA                 AAA               Highest quality
Aa                AA                  AA                High quality
A                 A                   A                 Upper medium grade
Baa               BBB                 BBB               Medium grade
Ba                BB                  BB                Low grade
B                 B                   B                 Speculative
Caa, Ca, C        CCC, CC, C          CCC, CC, C        Submarginal
D                 D                   DDD, DD, D        Probably in default
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
                                   APPENDIX B
    
 
   
   For the eight-month fiscal year ended August 31, 1996, the High-Yield Fund's
assets were invested in the credit categories shown below. Percentages are
computed on a dollar-weighted basis and are an average of eight monthly
calculations. A security rated differently by two or more rating securities is
included in the category representing the higher of the ratings assigned to the
security.
    
 
   
ASSET COMPOSITION - HIGH-YIELD FUND
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Percentage of      Advisor's Assessment
S&P     Moody's      Investments      of Not Rated Securities
<S>     <C>         <C>               <C>
AAA     Aaa               9.5%
AA      Aa                2.5
A       A                 0.8
BBB     Baa               8.9                   17.8%
BB      Ba               10.6                   40.1
B       B                 4.9                    4.8
CCC     Caa
CC      Ca
C       C                                        0.1
D       D
Not Rated                62.8
Total                     100%                  62.8%
</TABLE>
    
 
                             ----------------------
 
                               PROSPECTUS PAGE A-1
<PAGE>   44
                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION



                  STRONG SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND FUND, INC.
                        STRONG MUNICIPAL BOND FUND, INC.
                  STRONG HIGH-YIELD MUNICIPAL BOND FUND, INC.
                                 P.O. Box 2936
                           Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201
                           Telephone:  (414) 359-1400
                           Toll-Free:  (800) 368-3863


   
     This Statement of Additional Information is not a Prospectus and should be
read in conjunction with the Prospectus of Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond
Fund, Inc.; Strong Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.; and Strong High-Yield Municipal
Bond Fund, Inc. (individually, a "Fund" and collectively, the "Funds") dated
January 1, 1997.  Requests for copies of the Prospectus should be made by
calling one of the numbers listed above.  The financial statements appearing in
the Funds' Annual Report, which accompanies this Statement of Additional
Information, are incorporated herein by reference.
    
















   
       This Statement of Additional Information is dated January 1, 1997.
    



<PAGE>   45


                         STRONG MUNICIPAL INCOME FUNDS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                <C>
TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                  PAGE
        
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS............................................   3
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES.................................   5
  Borrowing........................................................   5
  Convertible Securities...........................................   5
  Derivative Instruments...........................................   6
  High-Yield (High-Risk) Securities................................  13
  Illiquid Securities..............................................  14
  Lending of Portfolio Securities..................................  15
  Maturity.........................................................  15
  Mortgage Dollar Rolls and Reverse Repurchase Agreements..........  15
  Repurchase Agreements............................................  16
  Sector Concentration.............................................  16
  Short Sales Against the Box......................................  16
  Short-Term Cash Management.......................................  16
  Taxable Securities...............................................  16
  Temporary Defensive Position.....................................  17
  Variable- or Floating-Rate Securities............................  17
  When-Issued Securities...........................................  18
  Zero-Coupon, Step-Coupon and Pay-in-Kind Securities..............  18
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE FUNDS................................  19
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS.............................................  22
INVESTMENT ADVISOR AND DISTRIBUTOR.................................  22
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE...............................  25
CUSTODIAN..........................................................  28
TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND-DISBURSING AGENT.......................  28
TAXES..............................................................  29
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE...................................  31
ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION.................................  32
FUND ORGANIZATION..................................................  32
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS...............................................  32
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION............................................  33
GENERAL INFORMATION................................................  41
PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT...............................................  42
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS............................................  43
LEGAL COUNSEL......................................................  43
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS...............................................  43
APPENDIX........................................................... A-1

</TABLE>


                      ___________________________________

   
     No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations other than those contained in this Statement of Additional
Information and the Prospectus dated January 1, 1997, and if given or made,
such information or representations may not be relied upon as having been
authorized by the Funds.
    

This Statement of Additional Information does not constitute an offer to sell
                                 securities.


<PAGE>   46


                            INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

     The investment objective of the Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund,
Inc. (the "Short-Term Fund") is to seek total return by investing for a high
level of federally tax-exempt current income with a low degree of share-price
fluctuation. The investment objective of the Strong Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.
(the "Bond Fund") is to seek total return by investing for a high level of
federally tax-exempt current income with a moderate degree of share-price
fluctuation.  The investment objective of the Strong High-Yield Municipal Bond
Fund, Inc. (the "High-Yield Fund") is to seek total return by investing for a
high level of federally tax-exempt current income.  The Funds' investment
objectives and policies are described in detail in the Prospectus under the
caption "Investment Objectives and Policies."  The following are the Funds'
fundamental investment limitations which cannot be changed without shareholder
approval.

Each Fund:

1.   May not with respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase the securities
     of any issuer (except securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
     government or its agencies or instrumentalities) if, as a result, (i) more
     than 5% of the Fund's total assets would be invested in the securities of
     that issuer, or (ii) the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding
     voting securities of that issuer.

2.   May (i) borrow money from banks and (ii) make other investments or engage
     in other transactions permissible under the Investment Company Act of 1940
     (the "1940 Act") which may involve a borrowing, provided that the
     combination of (i) and (ii) shall not exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the
     Fund's total assets (including the amount borrowed), less the Fund's
     liabilities (other than borrowings), except that the Fund may borrow up to
     an additional 5% of its total assets (not including the amount borrowed)
     from a bank for temporary or emergency purposes (but not for leverage or
     the purchase of investments).  The Fund may also borrow money from the
     other Strong Funds or other persons to the extent permitted by applicable
     law.

3.   May not issue senior securities, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.

4.   May not act as an underwriter of another issuer's securities, except to
     the extent that the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter within the
     meaning of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with the purchase and
     sale of portfolio securities.

5.   May not purchase or sell physical commodities unless acquired as a result
     of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not
     prevent the Fund from purchasing or selling options, futures contracts, or
     other derivative instruments, or from investing in securities or other
     instruments backed by physical commodities).

6.   May not make loans if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of the Fund's total
     assets would be lent to other persons, except through (i) purchases of
     debt securities or other debt instruments, or (ii) engaging in repurchase
     agreements.

7.   May not purchase the securities of any issuer if, as a result, more than
     25% of the Fund's total assets would be invested in the securities of
     issuers, the principal business activities of which are in the same
     industry.

8.   May not purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of
     ownership of securities or other instruments (but this shall not prohibit
     the Fund from purchasing or selling securities or other instruments backed
     by real estate or of issuers engaged in real estate activities).

9.   May, notwithstanding any other fundamental investment policy or
     restriction, invest all of its assets in the securities of a single
     open-end management investment company with substantially the same
     fundamental investment objective, policies, and restrictions as the Fund.

10.  May not, under normal market conditions, invest less than 80% of its net
     assets in municipal securities.


                                       3



<PAGE>   47


     The following are the Funds' non-fundamental operating policies which may
be changed by the Board of Directors of each Fund without shareholder approval.

Each Fund may not:

1.   Sell securities short, unless the Fund owns or has the right to obtain
     securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short, or
     unless it covers such short sale as required by the current rules and
     positions of the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff, and
     provided that transactions in options, futures contracts, options on
     futures contracts, or other derivative instruments are not deemed to
     constitute selling securities short.

2.   Purchase securities on margin, except that the Fund may obtain such
     short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions; and
     provided that margin deposits in connection with futures contracts,
     options on futures contracts, or other derivative instruments shall not
     constitute purchasing securities on margin.

   
3.   Invest in illiquid securities if, as a result of such investment, more
     than 15% of its net assets would be invested in illiquid securities, or
     such other amounts as may be permitted under the 1940 Act.
    

4.   Purchase securities of other investment companies except in compliance
     with the 1940 Act and applicable state law.

5.   Invest all of its assets in the securities of a single open-end
     investment management company with substantially the same fundamental
     investment objective, restrictions and policies as the Fund.

6.   Purchase the securities of any issuer (other than securities issued or
     guaranteed by domestic or foreign governments or political subdivisions
     thereof) if, as a result, more than 5% of its total assets would be
     invested in the securities of issuers that, including predecessor or
     unconditional guarantors, have a record of less than three years of
     continuous operation.  This policy does not apply to securities of pooled
     investment vehicles or mortgage or asset-backed securities.

7.   Invest in direct interests in oil, gas, or other mineral exploration
     programs or leases; however, the Fund may invest in the securities of
     issuers that engage in these activities.

8.   Engage in futures or options on futures transactions which are
     impermissible pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the Commodity Exchange Act and,
     in accordance with Rule 4.5, will use futures or options on futures
     transactions solely for bona fide hedging transactions (within the meaning
     of the Commodity Exchange Act), provided, however,  that the Fund may, in
     addition to bona fide hedging transactions, use futures and options on
     futures transactions if the aggregate initial margin and premiums required
     to establish such positions, less the amount by which any such options
     positions are in the money (within the meaning of the Commodity Exchange
     Act), do not exceed 5% of the Fund's net assets.

      In addition, (i) the aggregate value of securities underlying call
      options on securities written by the Fund or obligations underlying put
      options on securities written by the Fund determined as of the date the
      options are written will not exceed 50% of the Fund's net assets; (ii)
      the aggregate premiums paid on all options purchased by the Fund and
      which are being held will not exceed 20% of the Fund's net assets; (iii)
      the Fund will not purchase put or call options, other than hedging
      positions, if, as a result thereof, more than 5% of its total assets
      would be so invested; and (iv) the aggregate margin deposits required on
      all futures and options on futures transactions being held will not
      exceed 5% of the Fund's total assets.

9.   Pledge, mortgage or hypothecate any assets owned by the Fund except as
     may be necessary in connection with permissible borrowings or investments
     and then such pledging, mortgaging, or hypothecating may not exceed 33
     1/3% of the Fund's total assets at the time of the borrowing or
     investment.

10.  Purchase or retain the securities of any issuer if any officer or
     director of the Fund or its investment advisor beneficially owns more than
     1/2 of 1% of the securities of such issuer and such officers and directors
     together own beneficially more than 5% of the securities of such issuer.

                                       4



<PAGE>   48



11.  Purchase warrants, valued at the lower of cost or market value, in excess
     of 5% of the Fund's net assets.  Included in that amount, but not to
     exceed 2% of the Fund's net assets, may be warrants that are not listed on
     any stock exchange.  Warrants acquired by the Fund in units or attached to
     securities are not subject to these restrictions.

12.  Borrow money except (i) from banks or (ii) through reverse repurchase
     agreements or mortgage dollar rolls, and will not purchase securities when
     bank borrowings exceed 5% of its total assets.

13.  Make any loans other than loans of portfolio securities, except through
     (i) purchases of debt securities or other debt instruments, or (ii)
     engaging in repurchase agreements.
   
     Under normal market conditions, each fund will invest at least 65% of 
     its total assets in bonds.
    
     Except for the fundamental investment limitations listed above and each
Fund's investment objective, the other investment policies described in the
Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information are not fundamental and
may be changed with approval of a Fund's Board of Directors.

     Unless noted otherwise, if a percentage restriction is adhered to at the
time of investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a
change in a Fund's assets (i.e. due to cash inflows or redemptions) or in
market value of the investment or a Fund's assets will not constitute a
violation of that restriction.

                       INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES

     The following information supplements the discussion of the Funds'
investment objectives, policies, and techniques that are described in detail in
the Prospectus under the captions "Investment Objectives and Policies" and
"Implementation of Policies and Risks."

BORROWING

     A Fund may borrow money from banks and make other investments or engage in
other transactions permissible under the 1940 Act which may be considered a
borrowing (such as mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements) as
discussed under "Investment Restrictions."  However, a Fund may not purchase
securities when bank borrowings exceed 5% of a Fund's total assets.  Presently,
the Funds only intend to borrow from banks for temporary or emergency purposes.

     The Funds have established a line-of-credit (LOC) with certain banks by
which they may borrow funds for temporary or emergency purposes.  A borrowing
is presumed to be for temporary or emergency purposes if it is repaid by a Fund
within sixty days and is not extended or renewed.  The Funds intend to use the
LOC to meet large or unexpected redemptions that would otherwise force a Fund
to liquidate securities under circumstances which are unfavorable to a Fund's
remaining shareholders.  The Funds pay a commitment fee to the banks for the
LOC.

CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES

     A Fund may invest in convertible securities, which are bonds, debentures,
notes, preferred stocks, or other securities that may be converted into or
exchanged for a specified amount of common stock of the same or a different
issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula.  A
convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest normally paid or
accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible
security matures or is redeemed, converted, or exchanged.  Convertible
securities have unique investment characteristics in that they generally (i)
have higher yields than common stocks, but lower yields than comparable
non-convertible securities, (ii) are less subject to fluctuation in value than
the underlying stock since they have fixed income characteristics, and (iii)
provide the potential for capital appreciation if the market price of the
underlying common stock increases.  Most convertible securities currently are
issued by U.S.  companies, although a substantial Eurodollar convertible
securities market has developed, and the markets for convertible securities
denominated in local currencies are increasing.


                                       5



<PAGE>   49


     The value of a convertible security is a function of its "investment
value" (determined by its yield in comparison with the yields of other
securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion
privilege) and its "conversion value" (the security's worth, at market value,
if converted into the underlying common stock).  The investment value of a
convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with
investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as
interest rates decline.  The credit standing of the issuer and other factors
also may have an effect on the convertible security's investment value.  The
conversion value of a convertible security is determined by the market price of
the underlying common stock.  If the conversion value is low relative to the
investment value, the price of the convertible security is governed principally
by its investment value.  Generally, the conversion value decreases as the
convertible security approaches maturity.  To the extent the market price of
the underlying common stock approaches or exceeds the conversion price, the
price of the convertible security will be increasingly influenced by its
conversion value.  A convertible security generally will sell at a premium over
its conversion value by the extent to which investors place value on the right
to acquire the underlying common stock while holding a fixed income security.

     A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the
issuer at a price established in the convertible security's governing
instrument.  If a convertible security held by a Fund is called for redemption,
a Fund will be required to permit the issuer to redeem the security, convert it
into the underlying common stock, or sell it to a third party.

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

   
     IN GENERAL.  A Fund may use derivative instruments for any lawful purpose
consistent with the Fund's investment objective such as hedging or managing
risk.  Derivative instruments are commonly defined to include securities or
contracts whose values depend on (or "derive" from) the value of one or more
other assets, such as securities, currencies, or commodities.  These "other
assets" are commonly referred to as "underlying assets."
    

     A derivative instrument generally consists of, is based upon, or exhibits
characteristics similar to options or forward contracts. Options and forward
contracts are considered to be the basic "building blocks" of derivatives. For
example, forward-based derivatives include forward contracts, swap contracts,
as well as exchange-traded futures. Option-based derivatives include privately
negotiated, over-the-counter (OTC) options (including caps, floors, collars,
and options on forward and swap contracts) and exchange-traded options on
futures. Diverse types of derivatives may be created by combining options or
forward contracts in different ways, and by applying these structures to a wide
range of underlying assets.

     An option is a contract in which the "holder" (the buyer) pays a certain
amount (the "premium") to the "writer" (the seller) to obtain the right, but
not the obligation, to buy from the writer (in a "call") or sell to the writer
(in a "put") a specific asset at an agreed upon price at or before a certain
time.  The holder pays the premium at inception and has no further financial
obligation.  The holder of an option-based derivative generally will benefit
from favorable movements in the price of the underlying asset but is not
exposed to corresponding losses due to adverse movements in the value of the
underlying asset.  The writer of an option-based derivative generally will
receive fees or premiums but generally is exposed to losses due to changes in
the value of the underlying asset.

     A forward is a sales contract between a buyer (holding the "long"
position) and a seller (holding the "short" position) for an asset with
delivery deferred until a future date.  The buyer agrees to pay a fixed price
at the agreed future date and the seller agrees to deliver the asset.  The
seller hopes that the market price on the delivery date is less than the agreed
upon price, while the buyer hopes for the contrary. The change in value of a
forward-based derivative generally is roughly proportional to the change in
value of the underlying asset.

     HEDGING.  A Fund may use derivative instruments to protect against
possible adverse changes in the market value of securities held in, or are
anticipated to be held in, the Fund's portfolio.  Derivatives may also be used
by a Fund to "lock-in" the Fund's realized but unrecognized gains in the value
of its portfolio securities.  Hedging strategies, if successful, can reduce the
risk of loss by wholly or partially offsetting the negative effect of
unfavorable price movements in the investments being hedged.  However, hedging
strategies can also reduce the opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive
effect of favorable price movements in the hedged investments.


                                       6



<PAGE>   50


     MANAGING RISK.  A Fund may also use derivative instruments to manage the
risks of the Fund's portfolio.  Risk management strategies include, but are not
limited to, facilitating the sale of portfolio securities, managing the
effective maturity or duration of debt obligations in a Fund's portfolio,
establishing a position in the derivatives markets as a substitute for buying
or selling certain securities, or creating or altering exposure to certain
asset classes, such as equity, debt, and foreign securities.  The use of
derivative instruments may provide a less expensive, more expedient or more
specifically focused way for a Fund to invest than "traditional" securities
(i.e., stocks or bonds) would.

     EXCHANGE OR OTC DERIVATIVES.  Derivative instruments may be
exchange-traded or traded in OTC transactions between private parties.
Exchange-traded derivatives are standardized options and futures contracts
traded in an auction on the floor of a regulated exchange.  Exchange contracts
are generally very liquid.  The exchange clearinghouse is the counterparty of
every contract.  Thus, each holder of an exchange contract bears the credit
risk of the clearinghouse (and has the benefit of its financial strength)
rather than that of a particular counterparty.  Over-the-counter transactions
are subject to additional risks, such as the credit risk of the counterparty to
the instrument and are less liquid than exchange-traded derivatives since they
often can only be closed out with the other party to the transaction.

     RISKS AND SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS.  The use of derivative instruments
involves risks and special considerations as described below.  Risks pertaining
to particular derivative instruments are described in the sections that follow.

   
     (1) MARKET RISK.  The primary risk of derivatives is the same as the risk
of the underlying assets, namely that the value of the underlying asset may go
up or down.  Adverse movements in the value of an underlying asset can expose a
Fund to losses.  Derivative instruments may include elements of leverage and,
accordingly, the fluctuation of the value of the derivative instrument in
relation to the underlying asset may be magnified.  The successful use of
derivative instruments depends upon a variety of factors, particularly Strong
Capital Management, Inc.'s (the "Advisor") ability to predict movements of the
securities, currencies, and commodity markets, which requires different skills
than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities.  There can be
no assurance that any particular strategy adopted will succeed.  The Advisor's
decision to engage in a derivative instrument will reflect the Advisor's
judgment that the derivative transaction will provide value to the Fund and its
shareholders and is consistent with the Fund's objectives, investment
limitations, and operating policies.  In making such a judgment, the Advisor
will analyze the benefits and risks of the derivative transaction and weigh
them in the context of the Fund's entire portfolio and investment objective.
    

     (2) CREDIT RISK.  A Fund will be subject to the risk that a loss may be
sustained by the Fund as a result of the failure of a counterparty to comply
with the terms of a derivative instrument.  The counterparty risk for
exchange-traded derivative instruments is generally less than for
privately-negotiated or OTC derivative instruments, since generally a clearing
agency, which is the issuer or counterparty to each exchange-traded instrument,
provides a guarantee of performance.  For privately-negotiated instruments,
there is no similar clearing agency guarantee.  In all transactions, a Fund
will bear the risk that the counterparty will default, and this could result in
a loss of the expected benefit of the derivative transaction and possibly other
losses to the Fund.  A Fund will enter into transactions in derivative
instruments only with counterparties that the Advisor reasonably believes are
capable of performing under the contract.


     (3) CORRELATION RISK.  When a derivative transaction is used to completely
hedge another position, changes in the market value of the combined position
(the derivative instrument plus the position being hedged) result from an
imperfect correlation between the price movements of the two instruments.  With
a perfect hedge, the value of the combined position remains unchanged for any
change in the price of the underlying asset.  With an imperfect hedge, the
values of the derivative instrument and its hedge are not perfectly correlated.
Correlation risk is the risk that there might be imperfect correlation, or
even no correlation, between price movements of an instrument and price
movements of investments being hedged.  For example, if the value of a
derivative instruments used in a short hedge (such as writing a call option,
buying a put option, or selling a futures contract) increased by less than the
decline in value of the hedged investments, the hedge would not be perfectly
correlated.  Such a lack of correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to
the value of the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other
pressures on the markets in which these instruments are traded.  The
effectiveness of hedges using instruments on indices will depend, in part, on
the degree of correlation between price movements in the index and price
movements in the investments being hedged.

                                       7



<PAGE>   51



     (4) LIQUIDITY RISK.  DERIVATIVES ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO LIQUIDITY RISK.
LIQUIDITY RISK IS THE RISK THAT A DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENT CANNOT be sold, closed
out, or replaced quickly at or very close to its fundamental value.  Generally,
exchange contracts are very liquid because the exchange clearinghouse is the
counterparty of every contract.  OTC transactions are less liquid than
exchange-traded derivatives since they often can only be closed out with the
other party to the transaction.  A Fund might be required by applicable
regulatory requirement to maintain assets as "cover," maintain segregated
accounts, and/or make margin payments when it takes positions in derivative
instruments involving obligations to third parties (i.e., instruments other
than purchased options).  If a Fund was  unable to close out its positions in
such instruments, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or
accounts or make such payments until the position expired, matured, or was
closed out.  The requirements might impair a Fund's ability to sell a portfolio
security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable
to do so, or require that the Fund sell a portfolio security at a
disadvantageous time.  A Fund's ability to sell or close out a position in an
instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends on the existence of a liquid
secondary market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and
willingness of the counterparty to enter into a transaction closing out the
position.  Therefore, there is no assurance that any derivatives  position can
be sold or closed out at a time and price that is favorable to a Fund.

     (5) LEGAL RISK.  Legal risk is the risk of loss caused by the legal
unenforcibility of a party's obligations under the derivative.  While a party
seeking price certainty agrees to surrender the potential upside in exchange
for downside protection, the party taking the risk is looking for a positive
payoff.  Despite this voluntary assumption of risk, a counterparty that has
lost money in a derivative transaction may try to avoid payment by exploiting
various legal uncertainties about certain derivative products.

     (6) SYSTEMIC OR "INTERCONNECTION" RISK.  Interconnection risk is the risk
that a disruption in the financial markets will cause difficulties for all
market participants.  In other words, a disruption in one market will spill
over into other markets, perhaps creating a chain reaction.  Much of the OTC
derivatives market takes place among the OTC dealers themselves, thus creating
a large interconnected web of financial obligations.  This interconnectedness
raises the possibility that a default by one large dealer could create losses
at other dealers and destabilize the entire market for OTC derivative
instruments.

     GENERAL LIMITATIONS.  The use of derivative instruments is subject to
applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"),
the several options and futures exchanges upon which they may be traded, the
Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC"), and various state regulatory
authorities.  In addition, a Fund's ability to use derivative instruments may
be limited by certain tax considerations.  For a discussion of the federal
income tax treatment of a Fund's derivative instruments, see "Taxes -
Derivative Instruments."

     Each Fund has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the
definition of the term "commodity pool operator" with the CFTC and the National
Futures Association, which regulate trading in the futures markets.  In
accordance with Rule 4.5 of the regulations under the Commodity Exchange Act
(the "CEA"), the notice of eligibility for a Fund includes representations that
the Fund will use futures contracts and related options solely for bona fide
hedging purposes within the meaning of CFTC regulations, provided that the Fund
may hold other positions in futures contracts and related options that do not
qualify as a bona fide hedging position if the aggregate initial margin
deposits and premiums required to establish these positions, less the amount by
which any such futures contracts and related options positions are "in the
money," do not exceed 5% of the Fund's net assets.  Adherence to these
guidelines does not limit a Fund's risk to 5% of the Fund's assets.

     In addition, certain state regulations presently require that (i) the
aggregate value of securities underlying call options on securities written by
a Fund or obligations underlying put options on securities written by a Fund
determined as of the date the options are written will not exceed 50% of the
Fund's net assets; (ii) the aggregate premiums paid on all options purchased by
a Fund and which are being held will not exceed 20% of the Fund's net assets;
(iii) a Fund will not purchase put or call options, other than hedging
positions, if, as a result thereof, more than 5% of its total assets would be
so invested; and (iv) the aggregate margin deposits required on all futures and
options on futures transactions being held will not exceed 5% of a Fund's total
assets.

     The SEC has identified certain trading practices involving derivative
instruments that involve the potential for leveraging a Fund's assets in a
manner that raises issues under the 1940 Act.  In order to limit the potential
for the leveraging of

                                       8



<PAGE>   52

a Fund's assets, as defined under the 1940 Act, the SEC has stated that a Fund
may use coverage or the segregation of a Fund's assets.  To the extent required
by SEC guidelines, a Fund will not enter into any such transactions unless it
owns either: (i) an offsetting ("covered") position in securities, options,
futures, or derivative instruments; or (ii) cash, liquid high grade debt
obligations, or securities positions that substantially correlate to the market
movements of the instrument, with a value sufficient at all times to cover its
potential obligations to the extent that the position is not "covered".  For
this purpose, a high grade debt obligation shall include any debt obligation
rated A or better by an NRSRO.  The Funds will also set aside cash and/or
appropriate liquid assets in a segregated custodial account if required to do
so by the SEC and CFTC regulations.  Assets used as cover or held in a
segregated account cannot be sold while the derivative position is open, unless
they are replaced with similar assets.  As a result, the commitment of a large
portion of a Fund's assets to segregated accounts could impede portfolio
management or the Fund's ability to meet redemption requests or other current
obligations.

     In some cases a Fund may be required to maintain or limit exposure to a
specified percentage of its assets to a particular asset class.  In such cases,
when a Fund uses a derivative instrument to increase or decrease exposure to an
asset class and is required by applicable SEC guidelines to set aside liquid
assets in a segregated account to secure its obligations under the derivative
instruments, the Advisor may, where reasonable in light of the circumstances,
measure compliance with the applicable percentage by reference to the nature of
the economic exposure created through the use of the derivative instrument and
not by reference to the nature of the exposure arising from the liquid assets
set aside in the segregated account (unless another interpretation is specified
by applicable regulatory requirements).

   
     OPTIONS.  A Fund may use options for any lawful purpose consistent with
the Fund's investment objective such as hedging or managing risk.  An option is
a contract in which the "holder" (the buyer) pays a certain amount (the
"premium") to the "writer" (the seller) to obtain the right, but not the
obligation, to buy from the writer (in a "call") or sell to the writer (in a
"put") a specific asset at an agreed upon price (the "strike price" or
"exercise price") at or before a certain time (the "expiration date").  The
holder pays the premium at inception and has no further financial obligation.
The holder of an option will benefit from favorable movements in the price of
the underlying asset but is not exposed to corresponding losses due to adverse
movements in the value of the underlying asset.  The writer of an option will
receive fees or premiums but is exposed to losses due to changes in the value
of the underlying asset.  A Fund may buy or write (sell) put and call options
on assets, such as securities, currencies, commodities, and indices of debt and
equity securities ("underlying assets") and enter into closing transactions
with respect to such options to terminate an existing position.  Options used
by the Funds may include European, American, and Bermuda style options.  If an
option is exercisable only at maturity, it is a "European" option; if it is
also exercisable prior to maturity, it is an "American" option.  If it is
exercisable only at certain times, it is a "Bermuda" option.
    

     Each Fund may purchase (buy) and write (sell) put and call options
underlying assets and enter into closing transactions with respect to such
options to terminate an existing position.  The purchase of call options serves
as a long hedge, and the purchase of put options serves as a short hedge.
Writing put or call options can enable a Fund to enhance income by reason of
the premiums paid by the purchaser of such options.  Writing call options
serves as a limited short hedge because declines in the value of the hedged
investment would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing
the option.  However, if the security appreciates to a price higher than the
exercise price of the call option, it can be expected that the option will be
exercised and the Fund will be obligated to sell the security at less than its
market value or will be obligated to purchase the security at a price greater
than that at which the security must be sold under the option.  All or a
portion of any assets used as cover for OTC options written by a Fund would be
considered illiquid to the extent described under "Investment Policies and
Techniques -- Illiquid Securities."  Writing put options serves as a limited
long hedge because increases in the value of the hedged investment would be
offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the option.  However,
if the security depreciates to a price lower than the exercise price of the put
option, it can be expected that the put option will be exercised and the Fund
will be obligated to purchase the security at more than its market value.

     The value of an option position will reflect, among other things, the
historical price volatility of the underlying investment, the current market
value of the underlying investment, the time remaining until expiration, the
relationship of the exercise price to the market price of the underlying
investment, and general market conditions.

     A Fund may effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option
by entering into a closing transaction.  For example, a Fund may terminate its
obligation under a call or put option that it had written by purchasing an
identical call or put option; this is known as a closing purchase transaction.
Conversely, a Fund may terminate a position in a put or call option it

                                       9



<PAGE>   53

had purchased by writing an identical put or call option; this is known as a
closing sale transaction.  Closing transactions permit a Fund to realize the
profit or limit the loss on an option position prior to its exercise or
expiration.

     The Funds may purchase or write both exchange-traded and OTC options.
Exchange-traded options are issued by a clearing organization affiliated with
the exchange on which the option is listed that, in effect, guarantees
completion of every exchange-traded option transaction.  In contrast, OTC
options are contracts between a Fund and the other party to the transaction
("counter party") (usually a securities dealer or a bank) with no clearing
organization guarantee.  Thus, when a Fund purchases or writes an OTC option,
it relies on the counter party to make or take delivery of the underlying
investment upon exercise of the option.  Failure by the counter party to do so
would result in the loss of any premium paid by the Fund as well as the loss of
any expected benefit of the transaction.

     A Fund's ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-listed
options depends on the existence of a liquid market.  Each Fund intends to
purchase or write only those exchange-traded options for which there appears to
be a liquid secondary market.  However, there can be no assurance that such a
market will exist at any particular time.  Closing transactions can be made for
OTC options only by negotiating directly with the counter party, or by a
transaction in the secondary market if any such market exists.  Although each
Fund will enter into OTC options only with counter parties that are expected to
be capable of entering into closing transactions with the Funds, there is no
assurance that the Funds will in fact be able to close out an OTC option at a
favorable price prior to expiration.  In the event of insolvency of the counter
party, a Fund might be unable to close out an OTC option position at any time
prior to its expiration.  If a Fund were unable to effect a closing transaction
for an option it had purchased, it would have to exercise the option to realize
any profit.

     The Funds may engage in options transactions on indices in much the same
manner as the options on securities discussed above, except the index options
may serve as a hedge against overall fluctuations in the securities market in
general.

     The writing and purchasing of options is a highly specialized activity
that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated
with ordinary portfolio securities transactions.  Imperfect correlation between
the options and securities markets may detract from the effectiveness of
attempted hedging.

     SPREAD TRANSACTIONS.  A Fund may use spread transactions for any lawful
purpose consistent with the Fund's investment objective such as hedging or
managing risk.  A Fund may purchase covered spread options from securities
dealers.  Such covered spread options are not presently exchange-listed or
exchange-traded.  The purchase of a spread option gives a Fund the right to
put, or sell, a security that it owns at a fixed dollar spread or fixed yield
spread in relationship to another security that the Fund does not own, but
which is used as a benchmark.  The risk to a Fund in purchasing covered spread
options is the cost of the premium paid for the spread option and any
transaction costs.  In addition, there is no assurance that closing
transactions will be available.  The purchase of spread options will be used to
protect a Fund against adverse changes in prevailing credit quality spreads,
i.e., the yield spread between high quality and lower quality securities.  Such
protection is only provided during the life of the spread option.

   

     FUTURES CONTRACTS.  A Fund may use futures contracts for any lawful
purpose consistent with the Fund's investment objective such as hedging or
managing risk.  A Fund may enter into futures contracts, including interest
rate, index, and currency futures.  Each Fund may also purchase put and call
options, and write covered put and call options, on futures in which it is
allowed to invest.  The purchase of futures or call options thereon can serve
as a long hedge, and the sale of futures or the purchase of put options thereon
can serve as a short hedge.  Writing covered call options on futures contracts
can serve as a limited short hedge, and writing covered put options on futures
contracts can serve as a limited long hedge, using a strategy similar to that
used for writing covered options in securities.  The Funds' hedging may include
purchases of futures as an offset against the effect of expected increases in
currency exchange rates and securities prices and sales of futures as an offset
against the effect of expected declines in currency exchange rates and
securities prices.  The Funds may also write put options on futures contracts
while at the same time purchasing call options on the same futures contracts in
order to create synthetically a long futures contract position.  Such options
would have the same strike prices and expiration dates.  The Funds will engage
in this strategy only when the Advisor believes it is more advantageous to the
Funds than is purchasing the futures contract.
    

     To the extent required by regulatory authorities, the Funds only enter
into futures contracts that are traded on national futures exchanges and are
standardized as to maturity date and underlying financial instrument.  Futures
exchanges and trading are regulated under the CEA by the CFTC.  Although
techniques other than sales and purchases of futures contracts could be

                                       10



<PAGE>   54

used to reduce a Fund's exposure to market, currency, or interest rate
fluctuations, a Fund may be able to hedge its exposure more effectively and
perhaps at a lower cost through using futures contracts.

     An interest rate futures contract provides for the future sale by one
party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific
financial instrument (e.g., debt security) or currency for a specified price at
a designated date, time, and place.  An index futures contract is an agreement
pursuant to which the parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of
cash equal to the difference between the value of the index at the close of the
last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index futures
contract was originally written.  Transaction costs are incurred when a futures
contract is bought or sold and margin deposits must be maintained.  A futures
contract may be satisfied by delivery or purchase, as the case may be, of the
instrument, the currency or by payment of the change in the cash value of the
index.  More commonly, futures contracts are closed out prior to delivery by
entering into an offsetting transaction in a matching futures contract.
Although the value of an index might be a function of the value of certain
specified securities, no physical delivery of those securities is made.  If the
offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, a Fund realizes
a gain; if it is more, a Fund realizes a loss.  Conversely, if the offsetting
sale price is more than the original purchase price, a Fund realizes a gain; if
it is less, a Fund realizes a loss.  The transaction costs must also be
included in these calculations.  There can be no assurance, however, that a
Fund will be able to enter into an offsetting transaction with respect to a
particular futures contract at a particular time.  If a Fund is not able to
enter into an offsetting transaction, the Fund will continue to be required to
maintain the margin deposits on the futures contract.

     No price is paid by a Fund upon entering into a futures contract.
Instead, at the inception of a futures contract, a Fund is required to deposit
in a segregated account with its custodian, in the name of the futures broker
through whom the transaction was effected, "initial margin" consisting of cash,
U.S.  government securities or other liquid, high grade debt obligations, in an
amount generally equal to 10% or less of the contract value.  High grade
securities include securities rated "A" or better by an NRSRO.  Margin must
also be deposited when writing a call or put option on a futures contract, in
accordance with applicable exchange rules.  Unlike margin in securities
transactions, initial margin on futures contracts does not represent a
borrowing, but rather is in the nature of a performance bond or good-faith
deposit that is returned to a Fund at the termination of the transaction if all
contractual obligations have been satisfied.  Under certain circumstances, such
as periods of high volatility, a Fund may be required by an exchange to
increase the level of its initial margin payment, and initial margin
requirements might be increased generally in the future by regulatory action.

     Subsequent "variation margin" payments are made to and from the futures
broker daily as the value of the futures position varies, a process known as
"marking to market."  Variation margin does not involve borrowing, but rather
represents a daily settlement of a Fund's obligations to or from a futures
broker.  When a Fund purchases an option on a future, the premium paid plus
transaction costs is all that is at risk.  In contrast, when a Fund purchases
or sells a futures contract or writes a call or put option thereon, it is
subject to daily variation margin calls that could be substantial in the event
of adverse price movements.  If a Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily
variation margin requirements, it might need to sell securities at a time when
such sales are disadvantageous.  Purchasers and sellers of futures positions
and options on futures can enter into offsetting closing transactions by
selling or purchasing, respectively, an instrument identical to the instrument
held or written.  Positions in futures and options on futures may be closed
only on an exchange or board of trade that provides a secondary market.  The
Funds intend to enter into futures transactions only on exchanges or boards of
trade where there appears to be a liquid secondary market.  However, there can
be no assurance that such a market will exist for a particular contract at a
particular time.

     Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits
on the amount that the price of a future or option on a futures contract can
vary from the previous day's settlement price; once that limit is reached, no
trades may be made that day at a price beyond the limit.  Daily price limits do
not limit potential losses because prices could move to the daily limit for
several consecutive days with little or no trading, thereby preventing
liquidation of unfavorable positions.

     If a Fund were unable to liquidate a futures or option on a futures
contract position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market or the
imposition of price limits, it could incur substantial losses.  The Fund would
continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position.  In
addition, except in the case of purchased options, the Fund would continue to
be required to make daily variation margin payments and might be required to
maintain the position being hedged by the future or option or to maintain cash
or securities in a segregated account.


                                       11



<PAGE>   55


     Certain characteristics of the futures market might increase the risk that
movements in the prices of futures contracts or options on futures contracts
might not correlate perfectly with movements in the prices of the investments
being hedged.  For example, all participants in the futures and options on
futures contracts markets are subject to daily variation margin calls and might
be compelled to liquidate futures or options on futures contracts positions
whose prices are moving unfavorably to avoid being subject to further calls.
These liquidations could increase price volatility of the instruments and
distort the normal price relationship between the futures or options and the
investments being hedged.  Also, because initial margin deposit requirements in
the futures markets are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities
markets, there might be increased participation by speculators in the future
markets.  This participation also might cause temporary price distortions.  In
addition, activities of large traders in both the futures and securities
markets involving arbitrage, "program trading" and other investment strategies
might result in temporary price distortions.

     SWAP AGREEMENTS.  The Funds may enter into interest rate, securities
index, commodity, or security and currency exchange rate swap agreements for
any lawful purpose consistent with each Fund's investment objective, such as
for the purpose of attempting to obtain or preserve a particular desired return
or spread at a lower cost to the Fund than if the Fund had invested directly in
an instrument that yielded that desired return or spread.  A Fund also may
enter into swaps in order to protect against an increase in the price of, or
the currency exchange rate applicable to, securities that the Fund anticipates
purchasing at a later date.  Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered
into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks
to several years.  In a standard "swap" transaction, two parties agree to
exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized
on particular predetermined investments or instruments.  The gross returns to
be exchanged or "swapped" between the parties are calculated with respect to a
"notional amount," i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular
dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign
currency, or in a "basket" of securities representing a particular index.  Swap
agreements may include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a
premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that
interest rates exceed a specified rate, or "cap;" interest rate floors, under
which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other
to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified level, or "floor;" and
interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor,
or vice versa, in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements
exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.

     The "notional amount" of the swap agreement is the agreed upon basis for
calculating the obligations that the parties to a swap agreement have agreed to
exchange.  Under most swap agreements entered into by a Fund, the obligations
of the parties would be exchanged on a "net basis."  Consequently, a Fund's
obligation (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to
the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement based on the relative
values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the "net amount").
A Fund's obligation under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset
against amounts owed to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed
to a swap counterparty will be covered by the maintenance of a segregated
account consisting of cash, or liquid high grade debt obligations.

     Whether a Fund's use of swap agreements will be successful in furthering
its investment objective will depend, in part, on the Advisor's ability to
predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce
greater returns than other investments.  Swap agreements may be considered to
be illiquid.  Moreover, a Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to
be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of
a swap agreement counterparty.  Certain restrictions imposed on the Funds by
the Internal Revenue Code may limit the Funds' ability to use swap agreements.
The swaps market is largely unregulated.

     The Funds will enter swap agreements only with counterparties that the
Advisor reasonably believes are capable of performing under the swap
agreements.  If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, a
Fund will have to rely on its contractual remedies (which may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws) pursuant to the agreements related to
the transaction.

     ADDITIONAL DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND STRATEGIES.  In addition to the
derivative instruments and strategies described above and in the Funds'
Prospectus, the Advisor expects to discover additional derivative instruments
and other hedging or risk management techniques.  The Advisor may utilize these
new derivative instruments and techniques to the extent that they are
consistent with a Fund's investment objective and permitted by the Fund's
investment limitations, operating policies, and applicable regulatory
authorities.


                                       12



<PAGE>   56


HIGH-YIELD (HIGH-RISK) SECURITIES

   
     IN GENERAL.  The Bond Fund has authority to invest up to 5% of its net
assets, and the High-Yield Fund may invest without limitation in non-investment
grade debt obligations.  Non-investment grade debt obligations (hereinafter
referred to as "lower-quality securities") include (i) bonds rated as low as C
by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.  ("Moody's"), Standard & Poor's Ratings
Group ("S&P"), or Fitch Investors Service, Inc.  ("Fitch"), or CCC by Duff &
Phelps, Inc.  ("D&P"); (ii) commercial paper rated as low as C by S&P, Not
Prime by Moody's, or Fitch 4 by Fitch; and (iii) unrated debt obligations of
comparable quality.  Lower-quality securities, while generally offering higher
yields than investment grade securities with similar maturities, involve
greater risks, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy.  They are
regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to
pay interest and repay principal.  The special risk considerations in
connection with investments in these securities are discussed below.  Refer to
the Appendix for a discussion of securities ratings.
    

     EFFECT OF INTEREST RATES AND ECONOMIC CHANGES.  The lower-quality and
comparable unrated security market is relatively new and its growth has
paralleled a long economic expansion.  As a result, it is not clear how this
market may withstand a prolonged recession or economic downturn.  Such
conditions could severely disrupt the market for and adversely affect the value
of such securities.

     All interest-bearing securities typically experience appreciation when
interest rates decline and depreciation when interest rates rise.  The market
values of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities tend to reflect
individual corporate developments to a greater extent than do higher rated
securities, which react primarily to fluctuations in the general level of
interest rates.  Lower-quality and comparable unrated securities also tend to
be more sensitive to economic conditions than are higher-rated securities.  As
a result, they generally involve more credit risks than securities in the
higher-rated categories.  During an economic downturn or a sustained period of
rising interest rates, highly leveraged issuers of lower-quality and comparable
unrated securities may experience financial stress and may not have sufficient
revenues to meet their payment obligations.  The issuer's ability to service
its debt obligations may also be adversely affected by specific corporate
developments, the issuer's inability to meet specific projected business
forecasts or the unavailability of additional financing.  The risk of loss due
to default by an issuer of these securities is significantly greater than
issuers of higher-rated securities because such securities are generally
unsecured and are often subordinated to other creditors.  Further, if the
issuer of a lower-quality or comparable unrated security defaulted, a Fund
might incur additional expenses to seek recovery.  Periods of economic
uncertainty and changes would also generally result in increased volatility in
the market prices of these securities and thus in a Fund's net asset value.

     As previously stated, the value of a lower-quality or comparable unrated
security will decrease in a rising interest rate market and accordingly, so
will a Fund's net asset value.  If a Fund experiences unexpected net
redemptions in such a market, it may be forced to liquidate a portion of its
portfolio securities without regard to their investment merits.  Due to the
limited liquidity of lower-quality and comparable unrated securities (discussed
below), a Fund may be forced to liquidate these securities at a substantial
discount.  Any such liquidation would force the Fund to sell the more liquid
portion of its portfolio.

     PAYMENT EXPECTATIONS.  Lower-quality and comparable unrated securities
typically contain redemption, call or prepayment provisions which permit the
issuer of such securities containing such provisions to, at its discretion,
redeem the securities.  During periods of falling interest rates, issuers of
these securities are likely to redeem or prepay the securities and refinance
them with debt securities with a lower interest rate.  To the extent an issuer
is able to refinance the securities, or otherwise redeem them, a Fund may have
to replace the securities with a lower yielding security, which would result in
a lower return for the Fund.

     CREDIT RATINGS.  Credit ratings issued by credit rating agencies are
designed to evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments of rated
securities.  They do not, however, evaluate the market value risk of
lower-quality securities and, therefore, may not fully reflect the true risks
of an investment.  In addition, credit rating agencies may or may not make
timely changes in a rating to reflect changes in the economy or in the
condition of the issuer that affect the market value of the security.
Consequently, credit ratings are used only as a preliminary indicator of
investment quality.  Investments in lower-quality and comparable unrated
obligations will be more dependent on the Advisor's credit analysis than would
be the case with investments in investment-grade debt obligations.  The Advisor
employs its own credit research and analysis, which includes a study of
existing debt, capital structure, ability to service debt and to pay dividends,
the issuer's sensitivity to economic

                                       13



<PAGE>   57

conditions, its operating history and the current trend of earnings.  The
Advisor continually monitors the investments in each Fund's portfolio and
carefully evaluates whether to dispose of or to retain lower-quality and
comparable unrated securities whose credit ratings or credit quality may have
changed.

     LIQUIDITY AND VALUATION.  A Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain
lower-quality and comparable unrated securities because there may be a thin
trading market for such securities.  Because not all dealers maintain markets
in all lower-quality and comparable unrated securities, there is no established
retail secondary market for many of these securities.  The Funds anticipate
that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of dealers or
institutional investors.  To the extent a secondary trading market does exist,
it is generally not as liquid as the secondary market for higher-rated
securities.  The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact
on the market price of the security.  As a result, a Fund's asset value and
ability to dispose of particular securities, when necessary to meet the Fund's
liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, may be impacted.
The lack of a liquid secondary market for certain securities may also make it
more difficult for a Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of
valuing the Fund's portfolio.  Market quotations are generally available on
many lower-quality and comparable unrated issues only from a limited number of
dealers and may not necessarily represent firm bids of such dealers or prices
for actual sales.  During periods of thin trading, the spread between bid and
asked prices is likely to increase significantly.  In addition, adverse
publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental
analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of lower-quality and comparable
unrated securities, especially in a thinly traded market.

   
     LEGISLATION.  Legislation may be adopted, from time to time designed to
limit the use of certain lower-quality and comparable unrated securities by
certain issuers.  It is anticipated that if additional legislation is enacted
or proposed, it could have a material affect on the value of these securities
and the existence of a secondary trading market for the securities.
    

ILLIQUID SECURITIES

     The Funds may invest in illiquid securities (i.e., securities that are not
readily marketable).  However, a Fund will not acquire illiquid securities if,
as a result, they would comprise more than 15% of the value of the Fund's net
assets (or such other amounts as may be permitted under the 1940 Act).
However, as a matter of internal policy, the Advisor intends to limit each
Fund's investments in illiquid securities to 10% of its net assets.


     The Board of Directors of each Fund, or its delegate, has the ultimate
authority to determine, to the extent permissible under the federal securities
laws, which securities are illiquid for purposes of this limitation.  Certain
securities exempt from registration or issued in transactions exempt from
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act"), such as securities that may be resold to institutional investors under
Rule 144A under the Securities Act and Section 4(2) commercial paper, may be
considered liquid under guidelines adopted by the Funds' Board of Directors.

   

     The Board of Directors of each Fund has delegated to the Advisor the
day-to-day determination of the liquidity of a security, although it has
retained oversight and ultimate responsibility for such determinations.  The
Board of Directors has directed the Advisor to look to such factors as (i) the
frequency of trades or quotes for a security, (ii) the number of dealers
willing to purchase or sell the security and number of potential buyers, (iii)
the willingness of dealers to undertake to make a market in the security, (iv)
the nature of the security and nature of the marketplace trades, such as the
time needed to dispose of the security, the method of soliciting offers, and
the mechanics of transfer, (v) the likelihood that the security's marketability
will be maintained throughout the anticipated holding period, and (vi) any
other relevant factors.  The Advisor may determine 4(2) commercial paper to be
liquid if (i) the 4(2) commercial paper is not traded flat or in default as to
principal and interest, (ii) the 4(2) commercial paper is rated in one of the
two highest rating categories by at least two nationally rated statistical
rating organizations ("NRSRO"), or if only one NRSRO rates the security, by
that NRSRO, or is determined by the Advisor to be of equivalent quality, and
(iii) the Advisor considers the trading market for the specific security taking
into account all relevant factors.  With respect to Bond, Short-Term, and
High-Yield Funds' foreign holdings, a foreign security may be considered liquid
by the Advisor (despite its restricted nature under the Securities Act) if the
security can be freely traded in a foreign securities market and all the facts
and circumstances support a finding of liquidity.
    

     Restricted securities may be sold only in privately negotiated
transactions or in a public offering with respect to which a registration
statement is in effect under the Securities Act.  Where registration is
required, a Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration
expenses and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision
to sell and the time

                                       14



<PAGE>   58
   
the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration
statement.  If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to
develop, a Fund might obtain a less favorable price than prevailed when it
decided to sell.  Restricted securities will be priced at fair value as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Funds.  If through
the appreciation of restricted securities or the depreciation of unrestricted
securities, a Fund should be in a position where more than 15% of the value of
its net assets are invested in illiquid securities, including restricted
securities which are not readily marketable (except for 144A Securities and
4(2) commercial paper deemed to be liquid by the Advisor), the Fund will take
such steps as is deemed advisable, if any, to protect liquidity.
    
     Each Fund may sell over-the-counter ("OTC") options and, in connection
therewith, segregate assets or cover its obligations with respect to OTC
options written by the Fund.  The assets used as cover for OTC options written
by the Fund will be considered illiquid unless the OTC options are sold to
qualified dealers who agree that the Fund may repurchase any OTC option it
writes at a maximum price to be calculated by a formula set forth in the option
agreement.  The cover for an OTC option written subject to this procedure would
be considered illiquid only to the extent that the maximum repurchase price
under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the option.

LENDING OF PORTFOLIO SECURITIES

     Each Fund is authorized to lend up to 33 1/3% of the total value of its
portfolio securities to broker-dealers or institutional investors that the
Advisor deems qualified, but only when the borrower maintains with the Fund's
custodian bank collateral either in cash or money market instruments in an
amount at least equal to the market value of the securities loaned, plus
accrued interest and dividends, determined on a daily basis and adjusted
accordingly.  Although the Funds are authorized to lend, the Funds do not
presently intend to engage in lending.  In determining whether to lend
securities to a particular broker-dealer or institutional investor, the Advisor
will consider, and during the period of the loan will monitor, all relevant
facts and circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the borrower.  The
Funds will retain authority to terminate any loans at any time.  The Funds may
pay reasonable administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan and
may pay a negotiated portion of the interest earned on the cash or money market
instruments held as collateral to the borrower or placing broker.  The Funds
will receive reasonable interest on the loan or a flat fee from the borrower
and amounts equivalent to any dividends, interest or other distributions on the
securities loaned.  The Funds will retain record ownership of loaned securities
to exercise beneficial rights, such as voting and subscription rights and
rights to dividends, interest or other distributions, when retaining such
rights is considered to be in a Fund's interest.

MATURITY

     A Fund's average portfolio maturity represents an average based on the
actual stated maturity dates of the debt securities in a Fund's portfolio,
except that (i) variable-rate securities are deemed to mature at the next
interest-rate adjustment date, (ii) debt securities with put features are
deemed to mature at the next put-exercise date, (iii) the maturity of
mortgage-backed securities is determined on an "expected life" basis as
determined by the Advisor, and (iv) securities being hedged with futures
contracts may be deemed to have a longer maturity, in the case of purchases of
futures contracts, and a shorter maturity, in the case of sales of futures
contracts, than they would otherwise be deemed to have.  In addition, a
security that is subject to redemption at the option of the issuer on a
particular date (the "call date"), which is prior to the security's stated
maturity, may be deemed to mature on the call date rather than on its stated
maturity date.  The call date of a security will be used to calculate average
portfolio maturity when the Advisor reasonably anticipates, based upon
information available to it, that the issuer will exercise its right to redeem
the security.  The average portfolio maturity of a Fund is dollar-weighted
based upon the market value of a Fund's securities at the time of the
calculation.

MORTGAGE DOLLAR ROLLS AND REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

     The Funds may engage in reverse repurchase agreements to facilitate
portfolio liquidity, a practice common in the mutual fund industry, or for
arbitrage transactions discussed below.  In a reverse repurchase agreement, a
Fund would sell a security and enter into an agreement to repurchase the
security at a specified future date and price.  The Fund generally retains the
right to interest and principal payments on the security.  Since the Fund
receives cash upon entering into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may be
considered a borrowing.  (See "Borrowing".)  When required by guidelines of the
SEC, a Fund will set aside permissible liquid assets in a segregated account to
secure its obligations to repurchase the security.


                                       15



<PAGE>   59
   

     Each Fund may also enter into mortgage dollar rolls, in which the Fund
would sell mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the current month and
simultaneously contract to purchase substantially similar securities on a
specified future date.  While a Fund would forego principal and interest paid
on the mortgage-backed securities during the roll period, the Fund would be
compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower
price for the future purchase as well as by any interest earned on the proceeds
of the initial sale.  The Fund also could be compensated through the receipt of
fee income equivalent to a lower forward price.  At the time the Fund would
enter into a mortgage dollar roll, it would set aside permissible liquid assets
in a segregated account to secure its obligation for the forward commitment to
buy mortgage-backed securities.  Mortgage dollar roll transactions may be
considered a borrowing by the Funds.  (See "Borrowing".)
    

     The mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements entered into
by the Funds may be used as arbitrage transactions in which a Fund will
maintain an offsetting position in investment grade debt obligations or
repurchase agreements that mature on or before the settlement date on the
related mortgage dollar roll or reverse repurchase agreements.  Since a Fund
will receive interest on the securities or repurchase agreements in which it
invests the transaction proceeds, such transactions may involve leverage.
However, since such securities or repurchase agreements will be high quality
and will mature on or before the settlement date of the mortgage dollar roll or
reverse repurchase agreement, the Advisor believes that such arbitrage
transactions do not present the risks to the Funds that are associated with
other types of leverage.

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

     Each Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with certain banks or
non-bank dealers.  In a repurchase agreement, a Fund buys a security at one
price, and at the time of sale, the seller agrees to repurchase the obligation
at a mutually agreed upon time and price (usually within seven days).  The
repurchase agreement, thereby, determines the yield during the purchaser's
holding period, while the seller's obligation to repurchase is secured by the
value of the underlying security.  The Advisor will monitor, on an ongoing
basis, the value of the underlying securities to ensure that the value always
equals or exceeds the repurchase price plus accrued interest.  Repurchase
agreements could involve certain risks in the event of a default or insolvency
of the other party to the agreement, including possible delays or restrictions
upon a Fund's ability to dispose of the underlying securities.  Although no
definitive creditworthiness criteria are used, the Advisor reviews the
creditworthiness of the banks and non-bank dealers with which the Funds enter
into repurchase agreements to evaluate those risks.  A Fund may, under certain
circumstances, deem repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S.  government
securities to be investments in U.S. government securities.

SECTOR CONCENTRATION

     From time to time, each Fund may invest 25% or more of its assets in
municipal bonds that are related in such a way that an economic, business, or
political development or change affecting one such security could also affect
the other securities (for example, securities whose issuers are located in the
same state).  Such related sectors may include hospitals, retirement centers,
pollution control, single family housing, multiple family housing, industrial
development, utilities, education, and general obligation bonds.  Each Fund
also may invest 25% or more of its assets in municipal bonds whose issuers are
located in the same state.  Such states may include California, Pennsylvania,
Texas, New York, Florida, and Illinois.

SHORT SALES AGAINST THE BOX

     Each Fund may sell securities short against the box to hedge unrealized
gains on portfolio securities.  Selling securities short against the box
involves selling a security that a Fund owns or has the right to acquire, for
delivery at a specified date in the future.  If a Fund sells securities short
against the box, it may protect unrealized gains, but will lose the opportunity
to profit on such securities if the price rises.

                                      16
<PAGE>   60

TAXABLE SECURITIES

     From time to time when the Advisor deems it appropriate, the Fund may
invest up to 20% of its net assets on a temporary basis in taxable investments
(of comparable quality to their respective tax-free investments), which would
produce interest not exempt from federal income tax, including among others:
(i) obligations issued or guaranteed, as to principal and interest, by the
United States government, its agencies, or instrumentalities; (ii) obligations
of financial institutions, including banks, savings and loan institutions,
insurance companies and mortgage banks, such as certificates of deposit,
bankers' acceptances, and time deposits; (iii) corporate obligations, including
preferred stock and commercial paper, with equivalent credit quality to the
municipal securities in which the Fund may invest; and (iv) repurchase
agreements with respect to any of the foregoing instruments.  For example, the
Fund may invest in such taxable investments pending the investment or
reinvestment of such assets in municipal securities, in order to avoid the
necessity of liquidating portfolio securities to satisfy redemptions or pay
expenses, or when such action is deemed to be in the interest of a Fund's
shareholders.  In addition, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its total assets
in private activity bonds, the interest on which is a tax-preference item for
taxpayers subject to the federal alternative minimum tax.

TEMPORARY DEFENSIVE POSITION

     When the Advisor determines that market conditions warrant a temporary
defensive position, the Fund may invest without limitation in cash and
short-term fixed income securities, including U.S. government securities,
commercial paper, banker's acceptances, certificates of deposit, and time
deposits.

VARIABLE- OR FLOATING-RATE SECURITIES

     The Funds may invest in securities which offer a variable- or
floating-rate of interest.  Variable-rate securities provide for automatic
establishment of a new interest rate at fixed intervals (e.g., daily, monthly,
semi-annually, etc.).  Floating-rate securities generally provide for automatic
adjustment of the interest rate whenever some specified interest rate index
changes.  The interest rate on variable- or floating-rate securities is
ordinarily determined by reference to or is a percentage of a bank's prime
rate, the 90-day U.S.  Treasury bill rate, the rate of return on commercial
paper or bank certificates of deposit, an index of short-term interest rates,
or some other objective measure.

     Variable- or floating-rate securities frequently include a demand feature
entitling the holder to sell the securities to the issuer at par.  In many
cases, the demand feature can be exercised at any time on 7 days notice; in
other cases, the demand feature is exercisable at any time on 30 days notice or
on similar notice at intervals of not more than one year.  Some securities
which do not have variable or floating interest rates may be accompanied by
puts producing similar results and price characteristics.  When considering the
maturity of any instrument which may be sold or put to the issuer or a third
party, each Fund may consider that instrument's maturity to be shorter than its
stated maturity.

     Variable-rate demand notes include master demand notes which are
obligations that permit a Fund to invest fluctuating amounts, which may change
daily without penalty, pursuant to direct arrangements between a Fund, as
lender, and the borrower.  The interest rates on these notes fluctuate from
time to time.  The issuer of such obligations normally has a corresponding
right, after a given period, to prepay in its discretion the outstanding
principal amount of the obligations plus accrued interest upon a specified
number of days' notice to the holders of such obligations.  The interest rate
on a floating-rate demand obligation is based on a known lending rate, such as
a bank's prime rate, and is adjusted automatically each time such rate is
adjusted.  The interest rate on a variable-rate demand obligation is adjusted
automatically at specified intervals.  Frequently, such obligations are secured
by letters of credit or other credit support arrangements provided by banks.
Because these obligations are direct lending arrangements between the lender
and borrower, it is not contemplated that such instruments will generally be
traded.  There generally is not an established secondary market for these
obligations, although they are redeemable at face value.  Accordingly, where
these obligations are not secured by letters of credit or other credit support
arrangements, a Fund's right to redeem is dependent on the ability of the
borrower to pay principal and interest on demand.  Such obligations frequently
are not rated by credit rating agencies and, if not so rated, the Funds may
invest in them only if the Advisor  determines that at the time of investment
the obligations are of comparable quality to the other obligations in which the
Funds may invest.  The Advisor, on behalf of the Funds, will consider on an
ongoing basis the creditworthiness of the issuers of the floating- and
variable-rate demand obligations in the Funds' portfolio.


                                       17



<PAGE>   61


     Each Fund will not invest more than 15% of its net assets in variable- and
floating-rate demand obligations that are not readily marketable (a variable-
or floating-rate demand obligation that may be disposed of on not more than
seven days notice will be deemed readily marketable and will not be subject to
this limitation).  (See "Illiquid Securities" and "Investment Restrictions.")
In addition, each variable- or floating-rate obligation must meet the credit
quality requirements applicable to all the Fund's investments at the time of
purchase.  When determining whether such an obligation meets a Fund's credit
quality requirements, the Fund may look to the credit quality of the financial
guarantor providing a letter of credit or other credit support arrangement.

   
     In determining a Fund's weighted average portfolio maturity, a Fund will
consider a floating or variable rate security to have a maturity equal to its
stated maturity (or redemption date if it has been called for redemption),
except that it may consider (i) variable rate securities to have a maturity
equal to the period remaining until the next readjustment in the interest rate,
unless subject to a demand feature, (ii) variable rate securities subject to a
demand feature to have a remaining maturity equal to the longer of (a) the next
readjustment in the interest rate or (b) the period remaining until the
principal can be recovered through demand, and (iii) floating rate securities
subject to a demand feature to have a maturity equal to the period remaining
until the principal can be recovered through demand.  Variable and floating
rate securities generally are subject to less principal fluctuation than
securities without these attributes since the securities usually trade at
amortized cost following the readjustment in the interest rate.
    

WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES

   
     Each Fund may from time to time purchase securities on a "when-issued"
basis.  The price of debt obligations purchased on a when-issued basis, which
may be expressed in yield terms, generally is fixed at the time the commitment
to purchase is made, but delivery and payment for the securities take place at
a later date.  Normally, the settlement date occurs within 45 days of the
purchase although in some cases settlement may take longer.  During the period
between the purchase and settlement, no payment is made by a Fund to the issuer
and no interest on the debt obligations accrues to the Fund.  Forward
commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased
declines prior to the settlement date, which risk is in addition to the risk of
decline in value of the Fund's other assets.  While when-issued securities may
be sold prior to the settlement date, the Funds intend to purchase such
securities with the purpose of actually acquiring them unless a sale appears
desirable for investment reasons.  At the time a Fund makes the commitment to
purchase a security on a when-issued basis, it will record the transaction and
reflect the value of the security in determining its net asset value.  The
Funds do not believe that their net asset values will be adversely affected by
purchases of securities on a when-issued basis.
    

     To the extent required by the SEC, the Funds will maintain cash and
marketable securities equal in value to commitments for when-issued securities.
Such segregated securities either will mature or, if necessary, be sold on or
before the settlement date.  When the time comes to pay for when-issued
securities, a Fund will meet its obligations from then-available cash flow,
sale of the securities held in the separate account, described above, sale of
other securities or, although it would not normally expect to do so, from the
sale of the when-issued securities themselves (which may have a market value
greater or less than the Fund's payment obligation).


ZERO-COUPON, STEP-COUPON AND PAY-IN-KIND SECURITIES

     The Funds may invest in zero-coupon, step-coupon, and pay-in-kind
securities.  These securities are debt securities that do not make regular cash
interest payments.  Zero-coupon and step-coupon securities are sold at a deep
discount to their face value.  Pay-in-kind securities pay interest through the
issuance of additional securities.  Because such securities do not pay current
cash income, the price of these securities can be volatile when interest rates
fluctuate.  While these securities do not pay current cash income, federal
income tax law requires the holders of zero-coupon, step-coupon, and
pay-in-kind securities to include in income each year the portion of the
original issue discount (or deemed discount) and other non-cash income on such
securities accruing that year.  In order to continue to qualify as a "regulated
investment company" under the Internal Revenue Code and avoid a certain excise
tax, each Fund may be required to distribute a portion of such discount and
income and may be required to dispose of other portfolio securities, which may
occur in periods of adverse market prices, in order to generate cash to meet
these distribution requirements.


                                       18



<PAGE>   62


                      DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS OF THE FUNDS
   
     Directors and officers of the Funds, together with information as to their
principal business occupations during the last five years, and other
information are shown below.  Each director who is deemed an "interested
person," as defined in the 1940 Act, is indicated by an asterisk (*).  Each
officer and director holds the same position with the 25 registered open-end
management investment companies consisting of 36 mutual funds, which are
managed by the Advisor (the "Strong Funds").  The Strong Funds, in the
aggregate, pays each Director who is not a director, officer, or employee of
the Advisor, or any affiliated company (a "disinterested director") an annual
fee of $50,000, plus $100 per Board meeting for each Strong Fund.  In addition,
each disinterested director is reimbursed by the Strong Funds for travel and
other expenses incurred in connection with attendance at such meetings.  Other
officers and directors of the Strong Funds receive no compensation or expense
reimbursement from the Strong Funds.
    

*RICHARD S. STRONG (DOB 5/12/42), Chairman of the Board and Director of the
Funds.

     Prior to August 1985, Mr. Strong was Chief Executive Officer of the
Advisor, which he founded in 1974. Since August 1985, Mr. Strong has been a
Security Analyst and Portfolio Manager of the Advisor.  In October 1991, Mr.
Strong also became the Chairman of the Advisor.  Mr. Strong is a director of
the Advisor. Mr. Strong has been in the investment management business since
1967.  Mr. Strong has served the Funds as follows:

      DIRECTOR - Bond Fund (since October 1986); Short-Term Fund (since
      December 1990); and High-Yield Fund (since March 1987).

      CHAIRMAN - Bond Fund (since October 1986); Short-Term Fund (since August
      1991); and High-Yield Fund (since March 1987).

MARVIN E. NEVINS (DOB 7/9/18), Director of the Funds.

     Private Investor.  From 1945 to 1980 Mr. Nevins was Chairman of Wisconsin
Centrifugal Inc., a foundry.  From July 1983 to December 1986, he was Chairman
of General Casting Corp., Waukesha, Wisconsin, a foundry.  Mr. Nevins is a
former Chairman of the Wisconsin Association of Manufacturers & Commerce.  He
was also a regent of the Milwaukee School of Engineering and a member of the
Board of Trustees of the Medical College of Wisconsin.  Mr. Nevins has served
the Funds as follows:

      DIRECTOR - Bond Fund (since October 1986); Short-Term Fund (since
      December 1990); and High-Yield Fund (since March 1987).

WILLIE D. DAVIS (DOB 7/24/34), Director of the Funds.

     Mr. Davis has been director of Alliance Bank since 1980, Sara Lee
Corporation (a food/consumer products company) since 1983, KMart Corporation (a
discount consumer products company) since 1985, YMCA Metropolitan - Los Angeles
since 1985, Dow Chemical Company since 1988, MGM Grand, Inc. (an
entertainment/hotel company) since 1990, WICOR, Inc. (a utility company) since
1990, Johnson Controls, Inc. (an industrial company) since 1992, L.A. Gear (a
footwear/sportswear company) since 1992, and Rally's Hamburger, Inc. since
1994.  Mr. Davis has been a trustee of the University of Chicago since 1980,
Marquette University since 1988, and Occidental College since 1990.  Since
1977, Mr. Davis has been President and Chief Executive Officer of All Pro
Broadcasting, Inc.  Mr. Davis was a director of the Fireman's Fund (an
insurance company) from 1975 until 1990.  Mr. Davis has served the Funds as
follows:

      DIRECTOR - Bond Fund (since July 1994); Short-Term Fund (since July
      1994); and High-Yield Fund (since July 1994).

                                       19



<PAGE>   63


*JOHN DRAGISIC (DOB 11/26/40), President and Director of the Funds.
   
     Mr. Dragisic has been President of the Advisor since October 1995 and a
director of the Advisor since July 1994.  Mr. Dragisic served as Vice Chairman
of the Advisor from July 1994 until October 1995.   Mr. Dragisic previously
served as a director of the Bond Fund from July 1991 until July 1994; the
Short-Term Fund from August 1991 until July 1994; and the High-Yield Fund from
July 1993 until July 1994.  Mr. Dragisic was the President and Chief Executive
Officer of Grunau Company, Inc. (a mechanical contracting and engineering
firm), Milwaukee, Wisconsin from 1987 until July 1994.  From 1981 to 1987, he
was an Executive Vice President with Grunau Company, Inc.  From 1969 until
1973, Mr. Dragisic worked for the InterAmerican Development Bank.  Mr. Dragisic
received his Ph.D. in Economics in 1971 from the University of
Wisconsin-Madison and his B.A. degree in Economics in 1962 from Lake Forest
College.  Mr. Dragisic has served the Funds as follows:
    
      DIRECTOR - Bond Fund (since April 1995); Short-Term Fund (since April
      1995); and High-Yield Fund (since April 1995).

      VICE CHAIRMAN - Bond Fund (July 1994 until October 1995); Short-Term Fund
      (July 1994 until October 1995); and High-Yield Fund (July 1994 until
      October 1995).

      PRESIDENT - Bond Fund (since October 1995); Short-Term Fund (since
      October 1995); and High-Yield Fund (since October 1995).

STANLEY KRITZIK (DOB 1/9/30), Director of the Funds.

     Mr. Kritzik has been a Partner of  Metropolitan Associates since 1962, a
Director of Aurora Health Care since 1987, and Health Network Ventures, Inc.
since 1992.  Mr. Kritzik has served the Funds as follows:

      DIRECTOR  - Bond Fund (since April 1995); Short-Term Fund (since April
      1995); and High-Yield Fund (since April 1995).

WILLIAM F. VOGT (DOB 7/19/47), Director of the Funds.

     Mr. Vogt has been the President of Vogt Management Consulting, Inc. since
1990.  From 1982 until 1990, he served as Executive Director of University
Physicians of the University of Colorado.  Mr. Vogt is the Past President of
the Medical Group Management Association and a Fellow of the American College
of Medical Practice Executives.  Mr. Vogt has served the Funds as follows:

      DIRECTOR - Bond Fund (since April 1995); Short-Term Fund (since April
      1995); and High-Yield Fund (since April 1995).

LAWRENCE A. TOTSKY (DOB 5/6/59), C.P.A., Vice President of the Funds.

     Mr. Totsky has been Senior Vice President of the Advisor since September
1994.  Mr. Totsky served as Vice President of the Advisor from December 1992 to
September 1994.  Mr. Totsky acted as the Advisor's Manager of Shareholder
Accounting and Compliance from June 1987 to June 1991 when he was named
Director of Mutual Fund Administration.  Mr. Totsky has served the Funds as
follows:

      VICE PRESIDENT - Bond Fund (since May 1993); Short-Term (since May 1993);
      and High-Yield Fund (since July 1993).

                                       20



<PAGE>   64


THOMAS P. LEMKE (DOB 7/30/54), Vice President of the Funds.
   
     Mr. Lemke has been Senior Vice President, Secretary, and General Counsel
of the Advisor since September 1994.  For two years prior to joining the
Advisor, Mr. Lemke acted as Resident Counsel for Funds Management at J.P.
Morgan & Co., Inc.  From February 1989 until April 1992, Mr. Lemke acted as
Associate General Counsel to Sanford C. Bernstein Co., Inc.  For two years
prior to that, Mr. Lemke was Of Counsel at the Washington, D.C. law firm of Tew
Jorden & Schulte, a successor of Finley, Kumble & Wagner.  From August 1979
until December 1986, Mr. Lemke worked at the Securities and Exchange
Commission, most notably as the Chief Counsel to the Division of Investment
Management (November 1984 - December 1986), and as Special Counsel to the
Office of Insurance Products, Division of Investment Management (April 1982 -
October 1984).  Mr. Lemke has served the Funds as follows:
    
      VICE PRESIDENT - Bond Fund (since October 1994); Short-Term Fund (since
      October 1994); and High-Yield Fund (since October 1994).
    
STEPHEN J. SHENKENBERG (DOB  6/14/58), Vice President and Secretary of the
Funds.

     Mr. Shenkenberg has been Deputy General Counsel to the Advisor since
November 1996.  From December 1992 until November 1996, Mr. Shenkenberg acted
as Associate Counsel to the Advisor.  From June 1987 until December 1992, Mr.
Shenkenberg was an attorney for Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., a Milwaukee law firm.
Mr. Shenkenberg has served the Funds as follows:
    
      VICE PRESIDENT - Bond Fund (since April 1996); Short-Term Fund (since
      April 1996); and High-Yield Fund (since April 1996).
   
      SECRETARY - Bond Fund (since October 1996); Short-Term Fund (since
      October 1996); and High-Yield Fund (since October 1996).
    
JOHN S. WEITZER (DOB 10/31/67), Vice President of the Funds.

     Mr. Weitzer has been an Associate Counsel to the Advisor since July 1993.
Mr. Weitzer has served the Funds as follows:

      VICE PRESIDENT - Bond Fund (since January 1996); Short-Term Fund (since
      January 1996); and High-Yield Fund (since January 1996).
   
     Except for Messrs. Nevins, Davis, Kritzik, and Vogt, the address of all of
the above persons is P.O. Box 2936, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201.  Mr. Nevins'
address is 6075 Pelican Bay Boulevard, Naples, Florida 34108.  Mr. Davis'
address is 161 North La Brea, Inglewood, California 90301.  Mr. Kritzik's
address is 1123 North Astor Street, P.O. Box 92547, Milwaukee, Wisconsin
53202-0547.  Mr. Vogt's address is 2830 East Third Avenue, Denver, Colorado
80206.
    
   
     In addition to the positions listed above, the following individuals also
hold the following positions with Strong Holdings, Inc. ("Holdings"), a
Wisconsin corporation and subsidiary of the Advisor; Strong Funds Distributors,
Inc. ("Distributors"), the Funds' underwriter; Heritage Reserve Development
Corporation ("Heritage"), and Strong Service Corporation ("SSC"), each of which
is a Wisconsin corporation and subsidiary of Holdings; Fussville Real Estate
Holdings L.L.C. ("Real Estate Holdings") and Sherwood Development L.L.C.
("Sherwood"), each of which is a Wisconsin Limited Liability Company and
subsidiary of the Advisor and Heritage; and Fussville Development L.L.C.
("Fussville Development"), a Wisconsin Limited Liability Company and subsidiary
of the Advisor and Real Estate Holdings:
    
                                       21



<PAGE>   65

   
RICHARD S. STRONG:

      CHAIRMAN AND A DIRECTOR - Holdings and Distributors (since October
      1993); Heritage (since January 1994); and SSC (since November
      1995).

      CHAIRMAN AND A MEMBER OF THE MANAGING BOARD - Real Estate Holdings
      and Fussville Development (since December 1995 and February 1994,
      respectively); and Sherwood (since October 1994).
    

   
JOHN DRAGISIC:

      PRESIDENT AND A DIRECTOR - Holdings (since December 1995 and July
      1994, respectively); Distributors (since September 1996 and July
      1994, respectively); Heritage (since May 1994 and August 1994,
      respectively); and SSC (since November 1995).

      VICE CHAIRMAN AND A MEMBER OF THE MANAGING BOARD - Real Estate and
      Fussville Development (since December 1995 and August 1994,
      respectively); and Sherwood (since October 1994).
    

   
THOMAS P. LEMKE:

      VICE PRESIDENT - Holdings, Heritage, Real Estate Holdings, and
      Fussville Development (since December 1995); Distributors (since
      October 1996); Sherwood (since October 1994); and SSC (since
      November 1995).
    

   
STEPHEN J. SHENKENBERG:

      VICE PRESIDENT AND SECRETARY - Distributors (since December 1995).

      SECRETARY - Holdings, Heritage, Fussville Development, Real Estate
      Holdings, and Sherwood (since December 1995); and SSC (since
      November 1995).
    

   
     As of November 29, 1996, the officers and directors of the Short-Term,
Bond, and High-Yield Funds in the aggregate beneficially owned less than 1% of
each Fund's then outstanding shares.
    
                             PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

   
     As of November 29, 1996, there was no person who owned of record or was
known to own of record more than 5% of a Fund's outstanding shares.
    

                       INVESTMENT ADVISOR AND DISTRIBUTOR
   
     The Advisor to the Funds is Strong Capital Management, Inc.  Mr. Richard
S. Strong controls the Advisor.  Mr. Strong is the Chairman and a director of
the Advisor, Mr. Dragisic is the President and a director of the Advisor, Mr.
Totsky is a Senior Vice President of the Advisor, Mr. Lemke is a Senior Vice
President, Secretary, and General Counsel of the Advisor, Mr. Shenkenberg is
Vice President, Assistant Secretary, and Deputy General Counsel of the Advisor,
and Mr. Weitzer is Associate Counsel of the Advisor.  A brief description of
each Fund's investment advisory agreement ("Advisory Agreement") is set forth
in the Prospectus under "About the Funds - Management."
    

     Each Fund's Advisory Agreement, dated May 1, 1995, was last approved by
shareholders at the annual meeting of shareholders held on April 13, 1995.  An
Advisory Agreement is required to be approved annually by the Board of
Directors of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the Fund's outstanding voting
securities (as defined in the 1940 Act).  In either case, each annual renewal
must be approved by the vote of a majority of the Fund's directors who are not
parties to the Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any such party, cast
in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such

                                       22



<PAGE>   66

approval.  Each Advisory Agreement is terminable, without penalty, on 60 days'
written notice by the Board of Directors of the Fund; by vote of a majority of
the Fund's outstanding voting securities; or by the Advisor.  In addition, the
Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

     Under the terms of each Advisory Agreement, the Advisor manages the Fund's
investments subject to the supervision of the Fund's Board of Directors.  The
Advisor is responsible for investment decisions and supplies investment
research and portfolio management.  At its expense, the Advisor provides office
space and all necessary office facilities, equipment, and personnel for
servicing the investments of the Fund.  The Advisor places all orders for the
purchase and sale of the Fund's portfolio securities at its expense.

     Except for expenses assumed by the Advisor as set forth above or as
described below with respect to the distribution of a Fund's shares, a Fund is
responsible for all its other expenses, including, without limitation, interest
charges, taxes, brokerage commissions, and similar expenses; expenses of issue,
sale, repurchase, or redemption of shares; expenses of registering or
qualifying shares for sale; expenses for printing and distribution costs of
Prospectuses and semi-annual financial statements mailed to existing
shareholders; and charges of custodians, transfer agent fees (including the
printing and mailing of reports and notices to shareholders), fees of
registrars, fees for auditing and legal services, fees for clerical services
related to record keeping and shareholder relations, the cost of stock
certificates, and fees for directors who are not "interested persons" of the
Advisor; expenses of indemnification; extraordinary expenses; and costs of
shareholder and director meetings.

   
     As compensation for its services, the Short-Term Fund pays to the Advisor
a monthly management fee at the annual rate of .50% of the average daily net
assets of the Short-Term Fund and the Bond and High-Yield Funds pay the Advisor
a monthly management fee at the annual rate of .60% of the average daily net
assets of the Bond and High-Yield Funds.  (See "Shareholder Manual -
Determining Your Share Price" in the Prospectus.)  From time to time, the
Advisor may voluntarily waive all or a portion of its management fee for a
Fund.  The following table sets forth certain information concerning management
fees for each Fund:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Management Fee
                             Incurred     Management Fee  Management Fee
                             by Fund          Waiver       Paid by Fund
                          --------------  --------------  --------------
        <S>               <C>             <C>             <C>
        Short-Term Fund
                 1993         $  870,125        $ 72,920      $  797,205
                 1994          1,004,968               0       1,004,968
                 1995            727,146               0         727,146
                 1996(2)         449,824               0         449,824

        Bond Fund
                 1993         $2,375,112        $ 51,246      $2,323,866
                 1994          2,068,103               0       2,068,103
                 1995          1,704,460               0       1,704,460
                 1996(2)         925,640               0         925,640

        High-Yield Fund
                 1993(1)      $   11,150        $ 11,150      $        0
                 1994            476,579         476,579               0
                 1995          1,137,284         612,949         524,335
                 1996(2)         981,330               0         981,330
</TABLE>
    
_________________________________________________________
   
     (1) The High-Yield Fund commenced operations on October 1, 1993.
     (2) For the eight-month fiscal year ended August 31, 1996.
    

   
     The organizational expenses of the Short-Term and High-Yield Funds which
were $85,898 and $31,434, respectively, were advanced by the Advisor and will
be reimbursed by each Fund over a period of not more than 60 months from each
Fund's date of inception.
    


                                       23



<PAGE>   67

   
     Each Advisory Agreement requires the Advisor to reimburse a Fund in the
event that the expenses and charges payable by the Fund in any fiscal year,
including the management fee but excluding taxes, interest, brokerage
commissions, and similar fees and to the extent permitted extraordinary
expenses, exceed two percent (2%) of the average net asset value of the Fund
for such year, as determined by valuations made as of the close of each
business day of the year. Reimbursement of expenses in excess of the applicable
limitation will be made on a monthly basis and will be paid to the Fund by
reduction of the Advisor's fee, subject to later adjustment, month by month,
for the remainder of the Fund's fiscal year.  The Advisor may from time to time
voluntarily absorb expenses for a Fund in addition to the reimbursement of
expenses in excess of applicable limitations.
    
   
     On July 12, 1994, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") filed
an administrative action (the "Order") against the Advisor, Mr. Strong, and
another employee of the Advisor in connection with conduct that occurred
between 1987 and early 1990. In re Strong/Corneliuson Capital Management, Inc.,
et al. Admin. Proc. File No. 3-8411. The proceeding was settled by consent
without admitting or denying the allegations in the Order. The Order found that
the Advisor and Mr. Strong aided and abetted violations of Section 17(a) of the
1940 Act by effecting trades between mutual funds, and between mutual funds and
Harbour Investments Ltd. ("Harbour"), without complying with the exemptive
provisions of SEC Rule 17a-7 or otherwise obtaining an exemption. It further
found that the Advisor violated, and Mr. Strong aided and abetted violations
of, the disclosure provisions of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act
of 1940 by misrepresenting the Advisor's policy on personal trading and by
failing to disclose trading by Harbour, an entity in which principals of the
Advisor owned between 18 and 25 percent of the voting stock. As part of the
settlement, the respondents agreed to a censure and a cease and desist order
and the Advisor agreed to various undertakings, including adoption of certain
procedures and a limitation for six months on accepting certain types of new
advisory clients.
    
   
     On June 6, 1996, the Department of Labor (the "DOL") filed an action
against the Advisor for equitable relief alleging violations of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA") in connection with cross
trades that occurred between 1987 and late 1989 involving certain pension
accounts managed by the Advisor.  Contemporaneous with this filing, the
Advisor, without admitting or denying the DOL's allegations, agreed to the
entry of a consent judgment resolving all matters relating to the allegations.
Reich v. Strong Capital Management, Inc., (U.S.D.C. E.D. WI) (the "Consent
Judgment").  Under the terms of the Consent Judgment, the Advisor agreed to
reimburse the affected accounts a total of $5.9 million.  The settlement did
not have any material impact on the Advisor's financial position or operations.
    
   
     The Funds and the Advisor have adopted a Code of Ethics (the "Code") which
governs the personal trading activities of all "Access Persons" of the Advisor.
Access Persons include every director and officer of the Advisor and the
investment companies managed by the Advisor, including the Funds, as well as
certain employees of the Advisor who have access to information relating to the
purchase or sale of securities by the Advisor on behalf of accounts managed by
it.  The Code is based upon the principal that such Access Persons have a
fiduciary duty to place the interests of the Funds and the Advisor's other
clients ahead of their own.
    
   
     The Code requires Access Persons (other than Access Persons who are
independent directors of the investment companies managed by the Advisor,
including the Funds) to, among other things, preclear their securities
transactions (with limited exceptions, such as transactions in shares of mutual
funds, direct obligations of the U.S. government, and certain options on
broad-based securities market indexes) and to execute such transactions through
the Advisor's trading department. The Code, which applies to all Access Persons
(other than Access Persons who are independent directors of the investment
companies managed by the Advisor, including the Funds), includes a ban on
acquiring any securities in an initial public offering, other than a new
offering of a registered open-end investment company, and a prohibition from
profiting on short-term trading in securities.  In addition, no Access Person
may purchase or sell any security which, is contemporaneously being purchased
or sold, or to the knowledge of the Access Person, is being considered for
purchase or sale, by the Advisor on behalf of any mutual fund or other account
managed by it.  Finally, the Code provides for trading "black out" periods of
seven calendar days during which time Access Persons who are portfolio managers
may not trade in securities which have been purchased or sold by any mutual
fund or other account managed by the portfolio manager.
    
   
     The Advisor provides investment advisory services for multiple clients and
may give advice and take action, with respect to any client, that may differ
from the advice given, or the timing or nature of action taken, with respect to
any one account.  However, the Advisor will allocate over a period of time, to
the extent practical, investment opportunities to each account on a fair and
equitable basis relative to other similarly-situated client accounts.  The
Advisor, its principals and
    

                                       24



<PAGE>   68
   
associates (to the extent not prohibited by the Code), and other clients of the
Advisor may have, acquire, increase, decrease, or dispose of securities or
interests therein at or about the same time that the Advisor is purchasing or
selling securities or interests therein for an account that are or may be
deemed to be inconsistent with the actions taken by such persons.
    
   
     From time to time the Advisor votes the shares owned by the Funds
according to its Statement of General Proxy Voting Policy ("Proxy Voting
Policy").  The general principal of the Proxy Voting Policy is to vote any
beneficial interest in an equity security prudently and solely in the best
long-term economic interest of the Fund and its beneficiaries considering all
relevant factors and without undue influence from individuals or groups who may
have an economic interest in the outcome of a proxy vote.  Shareholders may
obtain a copy of the Proxy Voting Policy upon request from the Advisor.
    
     Under a Distribution Agreement dated December 1, 1993 with each Fund (a
"Distribution Agreement"), Strong Funds Distributors, Inc. acts as underwriter
of each Fund's shares ("Distributor").  Each Distribution Agreement provides
that the Distributor will use its best efforts to distribute the Fund's shares.
Since the Funds are "no-load" funds, no sales commissions are charged on the
purchase of Fund shares.  Each Distribution Agreement further provides that the
Distributor will bear the costs of printing Prospectuses and shareholder
reports which are used for selling purposes, as well as advertising and other
costs attributable to the distribution of a Fund's shares.  The Distributor is
an indirect subsidiary of the Advisor and controlled by the Advisor and Richard
S. Strong.  Prior to December 1, 1993, the Advisor acted as underwriter for
each Fund.  On December 1, 1993, the Distributor succeeded to the broker-dealer
registration of the Advisor and, in connection therewith, a Distribution
Agreement was executed on substantially identical terms as the former
distribution agreement with the Advisor as distributor.  Each Distribution
Agreement is subject to the same termination and renewal provisions as are
described above with respect to the Advisory Agreements.

     From time to time, the Distributor may hold in-house sales incentive
programs for its associated persons under which these persons may receive
non-cash compensation awards in connection with the sale and distribution of a
Fund's shares.  These awards may include items such as, but not limited to,
gifts, merchandise, gift certificates, and payment of travel expenses, meals
and lodging.  As required by the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc. or NASD's proposed rule amendments in this area, any in-house sales
incentive program will be multi-product oriented, i.e., any incentive will be
based on an associated person's gross production of all securities within a
product type and will not be based on the sales of shares of any specifically
designated mutual fund.

                      PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

     The Advisor is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for
the Funds and for the placement of the Funds' portfolio business and the
negotiation of the commissions to be paid on such transactions.  It is the
policy of the Advisor to seek the best execution at the best security price
available with respect to each transaction, in light of the overall quality of
brokerage and research services provided to the Advisor or the Funds.  In
over-the-counter transactions, orders are placed directly with a principal
market maker unless it is believed that a better price and execution can be
obtained by using a broker.  The best price to the Funds means the best net
price without regard to the mix between purchase or sale price and commissions.
In selecting broker-dealers and in negotiating commissions, the Advisor
considers a variety of factors, including best price and execution, the full
range of brokerage services provided by the broker, as well as its capital
strength and stability, and the quality of the research and research services
provided by the broker.  Brokerage will not be allocated based on the sale of
the Funds' shares.

     The Advisor has adopted procedures that provide generally for the Advisor
to seek to bunch orders for the purchase or sale of the same security for the
Fund, other mutual funds managed by the Advisor, and other advisory clients
(collectively, the "client accounts").  The Advisor will bunch orders when it
deems it to be appropriate and in the best interest of the client accounts.
When a bunched order is filled in its entirety, each participating client
account will participate at the average share price for the bunched order on
the same business day, and transaction costs shall be shared pro rata based on
each client's participation in the bunched order.  When a bunched order is only
partially filled, the securities purchased will be allocated on a pro rata
basis to each client account participating in the bunched order based upon the
initial amount requested for the account, subject to certain exceptions, and
each participating account will participate at the average share price for the
bunched order on the same business day.


                                       25



<PAGE>   69


     Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 ("Section 28(e)")
permits an investment advisor, under certain circumstances, to cause an account
to pay a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction in excess of
the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for
effecting the transaction in recognition of the value of the brokerage and
research services provided by the broker or dealer.  Brokerage and research
services include (a) furnishing advice as to the value of securities, the
advisability of investing, purchasing or selling securities, and the
availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities; (b)
furnishing analyses and reports concerning issuers, industries, securities,
economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy, and the performance of
accounts; and (c) effecting securities transactions and performing functions
incidental thereto (such as clearance, settlement, and custody).

     In carrying out the provisions of the Advisory Agreements, the Advisor may
cause the Funds to pay a broker, which provides brokerage and research services
to the Advisor, a commission for effecting a securities transaction in excess
of the amount another broker would have charged for effecting the transaction.
The Advisor believes it is important to its investment decision-making process
to have access to independent research.  The Advisory Agreements provide that
such higher commissions will not be paid by the Funds unless (a) the Advisor
determines in good faith that the amount is reasonable in relation to the
services in terms of the particular transaction or in terms of the Advisor's
overall responsibilities with respect to the accounts as to which it exercises
investment discretion; (b) such payment is made in compliance with the
provisions of Section 28(e), other applicable state and federal laws, and the
Advisory Agreement; and (c) in the opinion of the Advisor, the total
commissions paid by the Fund will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to
the Fund over the long term. The investment management fees paid by the Funds
under the Advisory Agreements are not reduced as a result of the Advisor's
receipt of research services.

     Generally, research services provided by brokers may include information
on the economy, industries, groups of securities, individual companies,
statistical information, accounting and tax law interpretations, political
developments, legal developments affecting portfolio securities, technical
market action, pricing and appraisal services, credit analysis, risk
measurement analysis, performance analysis, and analysis of corporate
responsibility issues. Such research services are received primarily in the
form of written reports, telephone contacts, and personal meetings with
security analysts. In addition, such research services may be provided in the
form of access to various computer-generated data, computer hardware and
software, and meetings arranged with corporate and industry spokespersons,
economists, academicians, and government representatives. In some cases,
research services are generated by third parties but are provided to the
Advisor by or through brokers. Such brokers may pay for all or a portion of
computer hardware and software costs relating to the pricing of securities.

     Where the Advisor itself receives both administrative benefits and
research and brokerage services from the services provided by brokers, it makes
a good faith allocation between the administrative benefits and the research
and brokerage services, and will pay for any administrative benefits with cash.
In making good faith allocations of costs between administrative benefits and
research and brokerage services, a conflict of interest may exist by reason of
the Advisor's allocation of the costs of such benefits and services between
those that primarily benefit the Advisor and those that primarily benefit the
Funds and other advisory clients.

     From time to time, the Advisor may purchase new issues of securities for a
Fund in a fixed price offering. In these situations, the seller may be a member
of the selling group that will, in addition to selling the securities to the
Funds and other advisory clients, provide the Advisor with research. The
National Association of Securities Dealers has adopted rules expressly
permitting these types of arrangements under certain circumstances. Generally,
the seller will provide research "credits" in these situations at a rate that
is higher than that which is available for typical secondary market
transactions. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section
28(e).

     Each year, the Advisor considers the amount and nature of research and
research services provided by brokers, as well as the extent to which such
services are relied upon, and attempts to allocate a portion of the brokerage
business of the Funds and other advisory clients on the basis of that
consideration. In addition, brokers may suggest a level of business they would
like to receive in order to continue to provide such services. The actual
brokerage business received by a broker may be more or less than the suggested
allocations, depending upon the Advisor's evaluation of all applicable
considerations.

     The Advisor has informal arrangements with various brokers whereby, in
consideration for providing research services and subject to Section 28(e), the
Advisor allocates brokerage to those firms, provided that their brokerage and
research services were satisfactory to the Advisor and their execution
capabilities were compatible with the Advisor's policy of seeking best
execution at the best security price available, as discussed above.  In no case
will the Advisor make binding commitments

                                       26



<PAGE>   70

as to the level of brokerage commissions it will allocate to a broker, nor will
it commit to pay cash if any informal targets are not met.  The Advisor
anticipates it will continue to enter into such brokerage arrangements.

     The Advisor may direct the purchase of securities on behalf of the Funds
and other advisory clients in secondary market transactions, in public
offerings directly from an underwriter, or in privately negotiated transactions
with an issuer. When the Advisor believes the circumstances so warrant,
securities purchased in public offerings may be resold shortly after
acquisition in the immediate aftermarket for the security in order to take
advantage of price appreciation from the public offering price or for other
reasons. Short-term trading of securities acquired in public offerings, or
otherwise, may result in higher portfolio turnover and associated brokerage
expenses.

     The Advisor places portfolio transactions for other advisory accounts,
including other mutual funds managed by the Advisor.  Research services
furnished by firms through which the Funds effect their securities transactions
may be used by the Advisor in servicing all of its accounts; not all of such
services may be used by the Advisor in connection with the Funds.  In the
opinion of the Advisor, it is not possible to separately measure the benefits
from research services to each of the accounts (including the Funds) managed by
the Advisor. Because the volume and nature of the trading activities of the
accounts are not uniform, the amount of commissions in excess of those charged
by another broker paid by each account for brokerage and research services will
vary.  However, in the opinion of the Advisor, such costs to the Funds will not
be disproportionate to the benefits received by the Funds on a continuing
basis.

     The Advisor seeks to allocate portfolio transactions equitably whenever
concurrent decisions are made to purchase or sell securities by the Funds and
another advisory account. In some cases, this procedure could have an adverse
effect on the price or the amount of securities available to the Funds.  In
making such allocations between the Funds and other advisory accounts, the main
factors considered by the Advisor are the respective investment objectives, the
relative size of portfolio holdings of the same or comparable securities, the
availability of cash for investment, the size of investment commitments
generally held, and the opinions of the persons responsible for recommending
the investment.

     Where consistent with a client's investment objectives, investment
restrictions, and risk tolerance, the Advisor may purchase securities sold in
underwritten public offerings for client accounts, commonly referred to as
"deal" securities.  The Advisor has adopted deal allocation procedures (the
"procedures"), summarized below, that reflect the Advisor's overriding policy
that deal securities must be allocated among participating client accounts in a
fair and equitable manner and that deal securities may not be allocated in a
manner that unfairly discriminates in favor of certain clients or types of
clients.

     The procedures provide that, in determining which client accounts a
portfolio manager team will seek to have purchase deal securities, the team
will consider all relevant factors including, but not limited to, the nature,
size, and expected allocation to the Advisor of deal securities; the size of
the account(s); the accounts' investment objectives and restrictions; the risk
tolerance of the client; the client's tolerance for possibly higher portfolio
turnover; the amount of commissions generated by the account during the past
year; and the number of other deals the client has participated in during the
past year.

     Where more than one of the Advisor's portfolio manager team seeks to have
client accounts participate in a deal and the amount of deal securities
allocated to the Advisor by the underwriting syndicate is less than the
aggregate amount ordered by the Advisor (a "reduced allocation"), the deal
securities will be allocated among the portfolio manager teams based on all
relevant factors.  The primary factor shall be assets under management,
although other factors that may be considered in the allocation decision
include, but are not limited to, the nature, size, and expected allocation of
the deal; the amount of brokerage commissions or other amounts generated by the
respective participating portfolio manager teams; and which portfolio manager
team is primarily responsible for the Advisor receiving securities in the deal.
Based on the relevant factors, the Advisor has established general allocation
percentages for its portfolio manager teams, and these percentages are reviewed
on a regular basis to determine whether asset growth or other factors make it
appropriate to use different general allocation percentages for reduced
allocations.

     When a portfolio manager team receives a reduced allocation of deal
securities, the portfolio manager team will allocate the reduced allocation
among client accounts in accordance with the allocation percentages set forth
in the team's initial allocation instructions for the deal securities, except
where this would result in a de minimis allocation to any client account.  On a
regular basis, the Advisor reviews the allocation of deal securities to ensure
that they have been allocated in a fair and equitable manner that does not
unfairly discriminate in favor of certain clients or  types of clients.

                                       27



<PAGE>   71



     For the 1995 fiscal period ended December 31, the Municipal Bond Fund's
portfolio turnover rate was 513.8%.  The portfolio turnover rate for this Fund
was higher than anticipated primarily because the Fund employed a trading
strategy to preserve the favorable tax treatment available to it under the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code"), as amended.

     The following table sets forth certain information concerning brokerage
commissions paid by each Fund:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                Short-Term Fund  Brokerage Commissions
                ---------------  ---------------------
                <S>              <C>
                   1993                      $0
                   1994                       0
                   1995                  33,312
                   1996(1)                4,391
                Bond Fund                
                ---------                
                   1993                      $0
                   1994                       0
                   1995                 457,817
                   1996(1)               34,350
                High-Yield Fund          
                ---------------          
                   1993                      $0
                   1994                       0
                   1995                  48,927
                   1996(1)                    0
</TABLE>                                 
    

   
     (1) For the eight-month fiscal year ended August 31, 1996.
    
   
     The Funds paid higher brokerage commissions in 1995, primarily because the
Funds employed a trading strategy to preserve the favorable tax treatment
available to it under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  The Bond
Fund incurred brokerage commissions for the eight-month fiscal year ended
August 31, 1996 primarily due to strategies employed by the Fund to increase
current income.
    
                                   CUSTODIAN

     As custodian of the Funds' assets, Firstar Trust Company, P.O. Box 701,
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201, has custody of all securities and cash of the
Funds, delivers and receives payment for securities sold, receives and pays for
securities purchased, collects income from investments, and performs other
duties, all as directed by the officers of the Funds.  The custodian is in no
way responsible for any of the investment policies or decisions of the Funds.

                  TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND-DISBURSING AGENT

     The Advisor acts as transfer agent and dividend-disbursing agent for the
Funds.  The Advisor is compensated based on an annual fee per open account of
$31.50 for the Short-Term, Bond, and High-Yield Funds, plus out-of-pocket
expenses, such as postage and printing expenses in connection with shareholder
communications.  The Advisor also receives an annual fee per closed account of
$4.20.  The fees received and the services provided as transfer agent and
dividend disbursing agent are in addition to those received and provided by the
Advisor under the Advisory Agreements.  In addition, the Advisor provides
certain printing and mailing services for the Funds, such as printing and
mailing of shareholder account statements, checks, and tax forms.


                                       28



<PAGE>   72


     The following table sets forth certain information concerning amounts paid
by the Funds for transfer agency and dividend disbursing and printing and
mailing services:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                             Transfer Agency and Dividend Disbursement
                                     Services Charges Incurred
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                   Per                      Printing and      Amounts      Net Amount
                 Account   Out-of-Pocket      Mailing        Waived By      Paid By
  Fund           Charges      Expenses        Services        Advisor         Fund
- ---------------  --------  --------------  --------------  --------------  ----------
<S>              <C>       <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Short-Term Fund
       1993      $159,911        $115,122         $ 6,513        $115,022    $166,524
       1994       211,232          16,413           5,549               0     233,194
       1995       178,916          26,598           3,730               0     209,244
       1996(1)    101,469          29,649           1,789               0     132,907
       -------    -------        --------          ------        --------    --------
Bond Fund
       1993      $454,518        $154,679         $18,295        $323,196    $304,296
       1994       455,071         101,105          11,760               0     567,936
       1995       406,803          48,526           8,392               0     463,721
       1996(1)    237,322          57,015           4,967               0     299,304
       -------   --------        --------          ------        --------    --------
High-Yield Fund
       1993(2)   $  1,671         $   545          $   18        $  2,234    $      0
       1994        79,120           9,552           2,435          91,107           0
       1995       142,955          21,248           2,495          64,223     102,475
       1996(1)    112,559          28,755           2,309               0     143,623
      --------   --------         -------          ------         -------    --------
</TABLE>
    
______________________________________________________________________
   
(1) For the eight-month fiscal year ended August 31, 1996.
(2) The High-Yield Fund commenced operations on October 1, 1993.
    
   
     From time to time, the Funds, directly or indirectly through arrangements
with the Advisor, and/or the Advisor may pay amounts to third parties that
provide transfer agent and other administrative services relating to the Funds
to persons who beneficially own interests in the Funds, such as participants in
401(k) plans.  These services may include, among other things, sub-accounting
services, transfer agent type activities, answering inquiries relating to the
Funds, transmitting, on behalf of the Funds, proxy statements, annual reports,
updated Prospectuses, other communications regarding the Funds, and related
services as the Funds or beneficial owners may reasonably request.  In such
cases, the Funds will not pay fees based on the number of beneficial owners at
a rate that is greater than the rate the Funds are currently paying the Advisor
for providing these services to Fund shareholders.
    
                                     TAXES

GENERAL

     As indicated under "About the Funds - Distributions and Taxes" in the
Prospectus, each Fund intends to continue to qualify annually for treatment as
a regulated investment company ("RIC") under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the "Code").  This qualification does not involve governmental
supervision of the Funds' management practices or policies.

     In order to qualify for treatment as a RIC under the Code, each Fund must
distribute to its shareholders for each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of
its investment company taxable income (consisting generally of taxable net
investment income and net short-term capital gain) plus its net interest income
excludable from gross income under section 103(a) of the Code and must meet
several additional requirements.  For each Fund these requirements include the
following: (1) the Fund must derive at least 90% of its gross income each
taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities
loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of securities, or other
income (including gains from options or futures)

                                       29



<PAGE>   73

derived with respect to its business of investing in securities ("Income
Requirement"); (2) the Fund must derive less than 30% of its gross income each
taxable year from the sale or other disposition of securities, or options or
futures, that were held for less than three months ("30% Limitation"); (3) at
the close of each quarter of the Fund's taxable year, at least 50% of the value
of its total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government
securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities, with these other
securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does not
exceed 5% of the value of the Fund's total assets and that does not represent
more than 10% of the issuer's outstanding voting securities; and (4) at the
close of each quarter of a Fund's taxable year, not more than 25% of the value
of its total assets may be invested in securities (other than U.S. government
securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer.  From time to
time, the Advisor may find it necessary to make certain types of investments
for the purpose of ensuring that the Funds continue to qualify for treatment as
RICs under the Code.

     Dividends paid by a Fund will qualify as exempt-interest dividends as
defined in the Prospectus, and thus will be excludable from gross income by its
shareholders, if the Fund satisfies the requirement that, at the close of each
quarter of its taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total assets
consists of securities the interest on which is excludable from gross income
under section 103(a); each Fund intends to continue to satisfy this
requirement.  The aggregate dividends excludable from a Fund's shareholders'
gross income may not exceed the Fund's net tax-exempt income.  The
shareholders' treatment of dividends from a Fund under local and state income
tax laws may differ from the treatment thereof under the Code.

     If Fund shares are sold at a loss after being held for six months or less,
the loss will be disallowed to the extent of any exempt-interest dividends
received on those shares.  Any portion of such a loss that is not disallowed
will be treated as long-term, instead of short-term, capital loss to the extent
of any capital gain distributions received on those shares.

     Each Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax ("Excise Tax")
to the extent it fails to distribute by the end of any calendar year
substantially all of its ordinary taxable income for that year and capital gain
net income for the one-year period ending on October 31 of that year, plus
certain other amounts.

INVESTMENTS IN CERTAIN MUNICIPAL SECURITIES

     Tax-exempt interest attributable to certain private activity bonds
("PABs") (including, in the case of a RIC receiving interest on such bonds, a
proportionate part of the exempt-interest dividends paid by that RIC) is
subject to the alternative minimum tax.  Exempt-interest dividends received by
a corporate shareholder also may be indirectly subject to that tax without
regard to whether a Fund's tax-exempt interest was attributable to such bonds.
Entities or persons who are "substantial users" (or persons related to
"substantial users") of facilities financed by PABs or industrial development
bonds ("IDBs") should consult their tax advisors before purchasing shares of a
Fund because, for users of certain of these facilities, the interest on such
bonds is not exempt from federal income tax.  For these purposes, the term
"substantial user" is defined generally to include a "non-exempt person" who
regularly uses in trade or business a part of a facility financed from the
proceeds of PABs or IDBs.

     Each Fund may invest in municipal bonds that are purchased, generally not
on their original issue, with market discount (that is, at a price less than
the principal amount of the bond or, in the case of a bond that was issued with
original issue discount, a price less than the amount of the issue price plus
accrued original issue discount) ("municipal market discount bonds"). Market
discount generally arises when the value of the bond declines after issuance
(typically, because of an increase in prevailing interest rates or a decline in
the issuer's creditworthiness).  Gain on the disposition of a municipal market
discount bond purchased by a Fund after April 30, 1993 (other than a bond with
a fixed maturity date within one year from its issuance), generally is treated
as ordinary (taxable) income, rather than capital gain, to the extent of the
bond's accrued market discount at the time of disposition.  Market discount on
such a bond generally is accrued ratably, on a daily basis, over the period
from the acquisition date to the date of maturity.  In lieu of treating the
disposition gain as above, a Fund may elect to include market discount in its
gross income currently, for each taxable year to which it is attributable.

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

     The use of derivatives strategies, such as purchasing and selling
(writing) options and futures, involves complex rules that will determine for
income tax purposes the character and timing of recognition of the gains and
losses the Funds realize in connection therewith.  Income from transactions in
options and futures derived by each Fund with respect to its business of

                                       30



<PAGE>   74

investing in securities will qualify as permissible income under the Income
Requirement.  However, income from the disposition of options and futures will
be subject to the 30% Limitation if they are held for less than three months.

     If a Fund satisfies certain requirements, any increase in value of a
position that is part of a "designated hedge" will be offset by any decrease in
value (whether realized or not) of the offsetting hedging position during the
period of the hedge for purposes of determining whether the Fund satisfies the
30% Limitation.  Thus, only the net gain (if any) from the designated hedge
will be included in gross income for purposes of that limitation.  The Funds
intend that, when they engage in hedging strategies, the hedging transactions
will qualify for this treatment, but at the present time it is not clear
whether this treatment will be available for all of the Funds' hedging
transactions.  To the extent this treatment is not available or is not elected
by a Fund, it may be forced to defer the closing out of certain options or
futures contracts beyond the time when it otherwise would be advantageous to do
so, in order for the Fund to qualify as a RIC.

     For federal income tax purposes, each Fund is required to recognize as
income for each taxable year its net unrealized gains and losses on options and
futures contracts that are subject to section 1256 of the Code ("Section 1256
Contracts") and are held by the Fund as of the end of the year, as well as
gains and losses on Section 1256 Contracts actually realized during the year.
Except for Section 1256 Contracts that are part of a "mixed straddle" and with
respect to which a Fund makes a certain election, any gain or loss recognized
with respect to Section 1256 Contracts is considered to be 60% long-term
capital gain or loss and 40% short-term capital gain or loss, without regard to
the holding period of the Section 1256 Contract.  Unrealized gains on Section
1256 Contracts that have been held by a Fund for less than three months as of
the end of its taxable year, and that are recognized for federal income tax
purposes as described above, will not be considered gains on investments held
for less than three months for purposes of the 30% Limitation.

ZERO-COUPON, STEP-COUPON, AND PAY-IN-KIND SECURITIES

     Certain Funds may acquire zero-coupon, step-coupon, or other securities
issued with original issue discount.  As the holder of those securities, a Fund
must take into account or include in its income (with respect to taxable
securities) the original issue discount that accrues on the securities during
the taxable year, even if the Fund receives no corresponding payment on the
securities during the year.  Similarly, a Fund must take into account or
include in its gross income (with respect to taxable securities) securities it
receives as "interest" on pay-in-kind securities.  Because a Fund annually must
distribute substantially all of its income, including any tax-exempt original
issue discount, to satisfy the Distribution Requirement, it may be required in
a particular year to distribute as a dividend an amount that is greater than
the total amount of cash it actually receives.  Those distributions may be made
from the proceeds on sales of portfolio securities, if necessary.  A Fund may
realize capital gains or losses from those sales, which would increase or
decrease its investment company taxable income or net capital gain, or both.
In addition, any such gains may be realized on the disposition of securities
held for less than three months.  Because of the 30% Limitation, any such gains
would reduce the Fund's ability to sell other securities, options, or futures
contracts held for less that three months that it might wish to sell in the
ordinary course of its portfolio management.

     The foregoing federal tax discussion as well as the tax discussion
contained within the Prospectus under "About the Funds - Distributions and
Taxes" is intended to provide you with an overview of the impact of federal
income tax provisions on each Fund or its shareholders.  These tax provisions
are subject to change by legislative or administrative action at the federal,
state, or local level, and any changes may be applied retroactively.  Any such
action that limits or restricts each Fund's current ability to pass-through
earnings without taxation at the Fund level, or otherwise materially changes a
Fund's tax treatment, could adversely affect the value of a shareholder's
investment in a Fund.  Because each Fund's taxes are a complex matter, you
should consult your tax adviser for more detailed information concerning the
taxation of a Fund and the federal, state, and local tax consequences to
shareholders of an investment in a Fund.

                        DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

     As set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "Shareholder Manual -
Determining Your Share Price," the net asset value of each Fund will be
determined as of the close of trading on each day the New York Stock Exchange
(the "NYSE") is open for trading. The NYSE is open Monday through Friday except
New Year's Day, President's Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day,
Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.  Additionally, if any of the
aforementioned holidays falls on a Saturday, the NYSE will not be open for
trading on the preceding Friday, and when such

                                       31



<PAGE>   75

holiday falls on a Sunday, the NYSE will not be open for trading on the
succeeding Monday, unless unusual business conditions exist, such as the ending
of a monthly or the yearly accounting period.

                       ADDITIONAL SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION

     The Funds employ reasonable procedures to confirm that instructions
communicated by telephone are genuine. The Funds may not be liable for losses
due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. Such procedures include but are
not limited to requiring a form of personal identification prior to acting on
instructions received by telephone, providing written confirmations of such
transactions to the address of record, and tape recording telephone
instructions.

                               FUND ORGANIZATION

   
     Each Fund is a Wisconsin corporation organized on the following dates and
currently has the following authorized shares of capital stock:

<TABLE>
<S>              <C>            <C>         <C>
                 Incorporation  Authorized
     Fund            Date         Shares    Par Value ($)
- ---------------------------------------------------------
Short-Term Fund    12/28/90     Indefinite         .00001
Bond Fund          07/28/86     Indefinite           .001
High-Yield Fund    03/20/87     Indefinite           .001
</TABLE>
    

   
     Each Fund is authorized to offer separate series of shares representing
interests in separate portfolios of securities, each with differing investment
objectives.  The shares in any one portfolio may, in turn, be offered in
separate classes, each with differing preferences, limitations or relative
rights.  However, the Articles of Incorporation for each of the Funds provides
that if additional classes of shares are issued by a Fund, such new classes of
shares may not affect the preferences, limitations or relative rights of the
Fund's outstanding shares.  In addition, the Board of Directors of each Fund is
authorized to allocate assets, liabilities, income and expenses to each series
and class.  Classes within a series may have different expense arrangements
than other classes of the same series and, accordingly, the net asset value of
shares within a series may differ.  Finally, all holders of shares of a Fund
may vote on each matter presented to shareholders for action except with
respect to any matter which affects only one or more series or class, in which
case only the shares of the affected series or class are entitled to vote.
Fractional shares have the same rights proportionately as do full shares.
Shares of the Funds have no preemptive, conversion, or subscription rights.
Each Fund currently has only one series of common stock outstanding.  If a Fund
issues additional series, the assets belonging to each series of shares will be
held separately by the custodian, and in effect each series will be a separate
fund.
    


                              SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

     The Wisconsin Business Corporation Law permits registered investment
companies, such as the Corporations, to operate without an annual meeting of
shareholders under specified circumstances if an annual meeting is not required
by the 1940 Act.  Each Corporation has adopted the appropriate provisions in
their Bylaws and may, at their discretion, not hold an annual meeting in any
year in which the election of directors is not required to be acted on by
shareholders under the 1940 Act.

     Each Corporation's Bylaws allow for a director to be removed by its
shareholders with or without cause, only at a  meeting called for the purpose
of removing the director. Upon the written request of the holders of shares
entitled to not less

                                       32



<PAGE>   76

than ten percent (10%) of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting,
the Secretary of the Corporation shall promptly call a special meeting of
shareholders for the purpose of voting upon the question of removal of any
director. The Secretary of the Corporation shall inform such shareholders of
the reasonable estimated costs of preparing and mailing the notice of the
meeting, and upon payment to the Corporation of such costs, the Corporation
shall give not less than ten nor more than sixty days notice of the special
meeting.

                            PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

IN GENERAL

     As described in the "About the Funds - Performance Information" section of
the Funds' Prospectus, each Fund's historical performance or return may be
shown in the form of "yield," "tax equivalent yield,"  "average annual total
return," "total return," and "cumulative total return."  From time to time, the
Advisor may agree to waive or reduce its management fee and to absorb certain
operating expenses for each Fund.  All performance and returns noted herein are
historical and do not represent the future performance of a Fund.

YIELD

     The Funds' yields are computed in accordance with a standardized method
prescribed by rules of the SEC.  Under that method, the current yield quotation
for a Fund is based on a one month or 30-day period.  The yield is computed by
dividing the net investment income per share earned during the 30-day or one
month period by the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the
period, according to the following formula:


                        YIELD = 2[( a-b + 1)(6) - 1]
                                    ---
                                    cd

      Where: a = dividends and interest earned during the period.
             b = expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements).
             c = the average daily number of shares outstanding during the
                 period that were entitled to receive dividends.
             d = the maximum offering price per share on the last day of the
                 period.
   

     For the 30-day period ended August 31, 1996, the Short-Term Fund's current
yield was 5.12%, the Bond Fund's current yield was 5.49%, and the High-Yield
Fund's current yield was 6.90%.  In computing yield, the Funds follow certain
standardized accounting practices specified by SEC rules.  These practices are
not necessarily consistent with those that the Funds use to prepare annual and
interim financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
    

TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT YIELD

   
     Each Fund's tax-equivalent yield is computed by dividing that portion of
the Fund's yield (computed as described above) that is tax-exempt by  one minus
the stated federal income tax rate and adding the result to that portion, if
any, of the yield of each Fund that is not tax-exempt.  Tax-equivalent yield
does not reflect possible variations due to the federal alternative minimum
tax.  Based upon a marginal federal income tax rate of 31.0% and each Fund's
yield computed as described above, the Funds' 30-day tax equivalent yields
(period ended August 31, 1996) were 7.42%,  7.96%, and 10.00%, respectively.
For additional information concerning tax-exempt yields, see "Tax-Exempt versus
Taxable Yield" below.
    

DISTRIBUTION RATE

     The distribution rate is computed, according to a non-standardized
formula, by dividing the total amount of actual distributions per share paid by
the Fund over a twelve month period by the Fund's net asset value on the last
day of the period.  The distribution rate differs from the Fund's yield because
the distribution rate includes distributions to shareholders from

                                       33



<PAGE>   77

sources other than dividends and interest, such as premium income from option
writing and short-term capital gains.  Therefore, the Fund's distribution rate
may be substantially different than the Fund's yield.  Both the Fund's yield
and distribution rate will fluctuate.


                                       34



<PAGE>   78


AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURN

     The Funds' average annual total return quotations are computed in
accordance with a standardized method prescribed by rules of the SEC.  The
average annual total return for the Fund for a specific period is found by
first taking a hypothetical $10,000 investment ("initial investment") in the
Fund's shares on the first day of the period and computing the "redeemable
value" of that investment at the end of the period.  The redeemable value is
then divided by the initial investment, and this quotient is taken to the Nth
root (N representing the number of years in the period) and 1 is subtracted
from the result, which is then expressed as a percentage.  The calculation
assumes that all income and capital gains dividends paid by the Fund have been
reinvested at net asset value on the reinvestment dates during the period.
Average annual total return figures for various periods are set forth in the
table below.

TOTAL RETURN

     Calculation of each Fund's total return is not subject to a standardized
formula.  Total return performance for a specific period is calculated by first
taking an investment (assumed below to be $10,000) ("initial investment") in
the Fund's shares on the first day of the period and computing the "ending
value" of that investment at the end of the period.  The total return
percentage is then determined by subtracting the initial investment from the
ending value and dividing the remainder by the initial investment and
expressing the result as a percentage.  The calculation assumes that all income
and capital gains dividends paid by the Fund have been reinvested at net asset
value on the reinvestment dates during the period.  Total return may also be
shown as the increased dollar value of the hypothetical investment over the
period.  Total return figures for various periods are set forth in the table
below.

CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

     Calculation of each Fund's cumulative total return is not subject to a
standardized formula and represents the simple change in value of our
investment over a stated period and may be quoted as a percentage or as a
dollar amount.  Total returns and cumulative total returns may be broken down
into their components of income and capital (including capital gains and
changes in share price) in order to illustrate the relationship between these
factors and their contributions to total return.

     A Fund's performance figures are based upon historical results and do not
represent future performance.  Each Fund's shares are sold at net asset value
per share.  Each Fund's returns and net asset value will fluctuate and shares
are redeemable at the then current net asset value of the Fund, which may be
more or less than original cost.  Factors affecting a Fund's performance
include general market conditions, operating expenses and investment
management.  Any additional fees charged by a dealer or other financial
services firm would reduce the returns described in this section.

   
     The figures below show performance information for various periods ended
August 31, 1996.  No adjustment has been made for taxes, if any, payable on
dividends.  Securities prices fluctuated during these periods.
    

   
<TABLE>
    <S>                 <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
    SHORT-TERM FUND
    ------------------
                                                  Total       Average Annual
                                                  Return      Total Return
                                                  ----------  --------------
                        Initial     Ending Value
                        $10,000      August 31,   Percentage  Percentage
                        Investment     1996       Increase    Increase
                        ----------  ------------  ----------  --------------

       Life of Fund(1)     $10,000   12,145.74        21.46%           4.25%
       One Year             10,000   10,404.00         4.04%           4.04%
</TABLE>

     _______________________

    
     (1) Commenced operations on December 31, 1991.



                                       35



<PAGE>   79
   


<TABLE>
    <S>                 <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
    BOND FUND
    ------------------
                                                  Total       Average Annual
                                                  Return      Total Return
                                                  ----------  --------------
                          Initial   Ending Value
                         $10,000     August 31,   Percentage  Percentage
                        Investment     1996       Increase    Increase
                        ----------  ------------  ----------  --------------

       Life of Fund(1)   $10,000     17,745.06        77.45%           5.99%
       Five Years         10,000     13,742.90        37.43%           6.57%
       One Year           10,000     10,243.50         2.44%           2.44%
</TABLE>
    
     ________________________
     (1) Commenced operations on October 23, 1986.

   

<TABLE>
    <S>                 <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
    HIGH-YIELD FUND
    ------------------
                                                  Total       Average Annual
                                                  Return      Total Return
                                                  ----------  --------------
                        Initial     Ending Value
                        $10,000      August 31,   Percentage  Percentage
                        Investment     1996       Increase    Increase
                        ----------  ------------  ----------  --------------

       Life of Fund(1)     $10,000   11,636.68        16.37%           5.33%
       One Year             10,000   10,444.09         4.44%           4.44%
</TABLE>
    
     ________________________
     (1) Commenced operations on October 1, 1993.

   
     The Short-Term, Bond, and High-Yield Funds' total returns for the three
months ending November 29, 1996, were 2.18%,  4.72%, and 5.24%, respectively.
    

   
     TAX-EXEMPT VERSUS TAXABLE YIELD.  An investor may want to determine which
investment, tax-exempt or taxable, will provide you with a higher after-tax
return.  To determine the tax-equivalent yield, simply divide the yield from
the tax-exempt investment by the sum of (1 minus the investor's marginal tax
rate).  The tables below are provided for making this calculation for selected
tax-exempt yield and taxable income levels. These yields are presented for
purposes of illustration only and are not representative of any yield that a
Fund may generate.  The tables are based upon the 1997 federal tax rates (in
effect as of January 1, 1997).
    

TAXABLE EQUIVALENT YIELD

   
<TABLE>
<S>                    <C>                   <C>                <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>
                                                                        A TAX-FREE YIELD OF:
1996 Taxable           Income Levels*                             4%        5%        6%        7%        8%
    Single             Married Filing        Marginal Tax Rate       IS EQUIVALENT TO A TAXABLE YIELD OF:
                       Jointly
   under 24,650          under 40,200             15%            4.71%     5.88%     7.06%     8.24%     9.41%
  24,650-59,750       40,200 - 99,600             28%            5.56%     6.94%     8.33%     9.72%    11.11%
 59,750-124,650        99,600-151,750             31%            5.80%     7.25%     8.70%    10.14%    11.59%
124,650-271,050       151,750-271,050             36%            6.25%     7.81%     9.38%    10.94%    12.50%
   over 271,050          over 271,050             39.6%          6.62%     8.28%     9.93%    11.59%    13.25%
</TABLE>
    
*    A taxpayer with an adjusted gross income in excess of $117,950 may, to
     the extent such taxpayer itemizes deductions, be subject to a higher
     effective marginal rate.


                                       36



<PAGE>   80


COMPARISONS - IN GENERAL

(1) LIPPER ANALYTICAL SERVICES, INC. ("LIPPER") AND OTHER INDEPENDENT RANKING
    ORGANIZATIONS
     From time to time, in marketing and other fund literature, each Fund's
performance may be compared to the performance of other mutual funds in general
or to the performance of particular types of mutual funds, with similar
investment goals, as tracked by independent organizations.  Among these
organizations, Lipper, a widely used independent research firm which ranks
mutual funds by overall performance, investment objectives, and assets, may be
cited.  Lipper performance figures are based on changes in net asset value,
with all income and capital gain dividends reinvested.  Such calculations do
not include the effect of any sales charges imposed by other funds.  Each Fund
will be compared to Lipper's appropriate fund category, that is by fund
objective and portfolio holdings.  Lipper also issues a monthly yield analysis
for fixed income funds.

(2) MORNINGSTAR, INC.
    Each Fund's performance also may be compared to the performance of other
mutual funds by Morningstar, Inc. which rates funds on the basis of historical
risk and total return.  Morningstar's ratings range from five stars (highest)
to one star (lowest) and represent Morningstar's assessment of the historical
risk level and total return of a fund as a weighted average for 3, 5, and 10
year periods.  Ratings are not absolute and do not represent future results.

(3) INDEPENDENT SOURCES
     Evaluations of a Fund's performance made by independent sources may also
be used in advertisements concerning the Fund, including reprints of, or
selections from, editorials or articles about the Fund, especially those with
similar objectives.  Sources for Fund performance information and articles
about a Fund may include publications such as Money, Forbes, Kiplinger's, Smart
Money, Financial World, Business Week, U.S. News and World Report, The Wall
Street Journal, Barron's and a variety of investment newsletters.

(4) INDICES
      The  Funds may compare their performance to a wide variety of
           indices including the following:

      (a)  The Consumer Price Index
      (b)  Lehman Brothers Municipal Bond Index
      (c)  Lehman Brothers 3-Year Municipal Bond Index
      (d)  Lehman Brothers Baa Municipal Bond Index
      (e)  IBC/Donoghue's Tax-Free Money Fund Average(TM)
      (f)  Bond Buyer Index

     There are differences and similarities between the investments which a
Fund may purchase and the investments measured by the indices which are
described herein.  The market prices and yields of taxable and tax-exempt bonds
will fluctuate.  There are important differences among the various investments
included in the indices that should be considered in reviewing this
information.

(5) MONEY MARKET FUNDS
     Investors may also want to compare performance of the Funds to that of
money market funds.  Money market fund yields will fluctuate and an investment
in money market fund shares is neither insured nor guaranteed by the U.S.
Government, but share values usually remain stable.

(6) HISTORICAL ASSET CLASS RETURNS
     From time to time, marketing materials may portray the historical returns
of various asset classes.  Such presentations will typically compare the
average annual rates of return of inflation, U.S. Treasury bills, bonds, common
stocks, and small stocks. There are important differences between each of these
investments that should be considered in viewing any such comparison.  The
market value of stocks will fluctuate with market conditions, and small-stock
prices generally will fluctuate more than large-stock prices. Stocks are
generally more volatile than bonds.  In return for this volatility, stocks have
generally performed better than bonds or cash over time.  Bond prices generally
will fluctuate inversely with interest rates and other market conditions, and
the prices of bonds with longer maturities generally will fluctuate more than
those of shorter-maturity bonds. Interest rates for bonds may be fixed at the
time of issuance, and payment of principal and interest may be guaranteed by
the issuer and, in the case of U.S. Treasury obligations, backed by the full
faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury.

                                       37



<PAGE>   81


(7) STRONG FAMILY OF FUNDS
    The Strong Family of Funds offers a comprehensive range of conservative to
aggressive investment options. Members of the Strong Family and their
investment objectives are listed below.

FUND NAME                        INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

   
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>
Strong Money Market Fund         Current income, a stable share price, and daily liquidity.
Strong Heritage Money Fund       Current income, a stable share price, and daily liquidity.
Strong Municipal Money Market    Federally tax-exempt current income, a stable share-price, and daily
Fund                             liquidity.
Strong Municipal Advantage Fund  Federally tax-exempt current income with a very low degree of
                                 share-price fluctuation.
Strong Advantage Fund            Current income with a very low degree of share-price fluctuation.
Strong Short-Term Municipal      Total return by investing for a high level of federally tax-exempt
Bond Fund                        current income with a low degree of share-price fluctuation.
Strong Short-Term Bond Fund      Total return by investing for a high level of current income with a low
                                 degree of share-price fluctuation.
Strong Short-Term Global Bond    Total return by investing for a high level of income with a low degree
Fund                             of share-price fluctuation.
Strong Government Securities     Total return by investing for a high level of current income with a
Fund                             moderate degree of share-price fluctuation.
Strong Municipal Bond Fund       Total return by investing for a high level of federally tax-exempt
                                 current income with a moderate degree of share-price fluctuation.
Strong Corporate Bond Fund       Total return by investing for a high level of current income with a
                                 moderate degree of share-price fluctuation.
Strong High-Yield Municipal      Total return by investing for a high level of federally tax-exempt
Bond Fund                        current income.
Strong High-Yield Bond Fund      Total return by investing for a high level of current income and
                                 capital growth.
Strong International Bond Fund   High total return by investing for both income and capital appreciation.
Strong Asset Allocation Fund     High total return consistent with reasonable risk over the long term.
Strong Equity Income Fund        Total return by investing for both income and capital growth.
Strong American Utilities Fund   Total return by investing for both income and capital growth.
Strong Total Return Fund         High total return by investing for capital growth and income.
Strong Growth and Income Fund    High total return by investing for capital growth and income.
Strong Schafer Value Fund        Long-term capital appreciation principally through investment in common
                                 stocks and other equity securities.  Current income is a secondary
                                 objective.
Strong Value Fund                Capital growth.
Strong Opportunity Fund          Capital growth.
Strong Growth Fund               Capital growth.
Strong Common Stock Fund*        Capital growth.
Strong Mid Cap Fund              Capital growth.
Strong Small Cap Fund            Capital growth.
Strong Discovery Fund            Capital growth.
Strong International Stock Fund  Capital growth.
Strong Asia Pacific Fund         Capital growth.
</TABLE>

    

   
* The Fund is closed to new investors, except the fund may continue to offer
its shares through certain 401(k) plans and similar company-sponsored
retirement plans.
    
     The Advisor also serves as Advisor or Subadvisor to several management
investment companies, some of which fund variable annuity separate accounts of
certain insurance companies.

                                       38



<PAGE>   82



     Each Fund may from time to time be compared to the other funds in the
Strong Family of Funds based on a risk/reward spectrum.  In general, the amount
of risk associated with any investment product is commensurate with that
product's potential level of reward. The Strong Funds risk/reward continuum or
any Fund's position on the continuum may be described or diagrammed in
marketing materials.  The Strong Funds risk/reward continuum positions the risk
and reward potential of each Strong Fund relative to the other Strong Funds,
but is not intended to position any Strong Fund relative to other mutual funds
or investment products. Marketing materials may also discuss the relationship
between risk and reward as it relates to an individual investor's portfolio.

(8) TYING TIME FRAMES TO YOUR GOALS

     There are many issues to consider as you make your investment decisions,
including analyzing your risk tolerance, investing experience, and asset
allocations.  You should start to organize your investments by learning to link
your many financial goals to specific time frames.  Then you can begin to
identify the appropriate types of investments to help meet your goals.  As a
general rule of thumb, the longer your time horizon, the more price fluctuation
you will be able to tolerate in pursuit of higher returns.  For that reason,
many people with longer-term goals select stocks or long-term bonds, and many
people with nearer-term goals match those up with for instance, short-term
bonds.  The Advisor developed the following suggested holding periods to help
our investors set realistic expectations for both the risk and reward potential
of our funds.  (See table below.)  Of course, time is just one element to
consider when making your investment decision.


                 STRONG FUNDS SUGGESTED MINIMUM HOLDING PERIODS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
    UNDER 1 YEAR             1 TO 2 YEARS                 4 TO 7 YEARS           5 OR MORE YEARS
- --------------------  ---------------------------  --------------------------  --------------------
<S>                   <C>                          <C>                         <C>
Money Market Fund     Advantage Fund               Government Securities Fund  Total Return Fund
Heritage Money Fund   Municipal Advantage Fund     Municipal Bond Fund         Opportunity Fund
Municipal Money Fund  2 TO 4 YEARS                 Corporate Bond Fund         Growth Fund
Market Fund           -------------------------    International Bond Fund     Common Stock Fund*
                      Short-Term Bond Fund         High-Yield Municipal Bond   Discovery Fund
                      Short-Term Municipal Bond    Fund                        International Stock
                      Short-Term Global Bond Fund  Asset Allocation Fund       Fund
                                                   American Utilities Fund     Asia Pacific Fund
                                                   High-Yield Bond Fund        Value Fund
                                                    Equity Income Fund         Small Cap Fund
                                                                               Growth and Income
                                                                               Fund
                                                                               Mid Cap Fund
                                                                               Schafer Value Fund
</TABLE>
    

   
*This Fund is closed to new investors, except the Fund may continue to offer
its shares through certain 401(k) plans and similar company-sponsored
retirement plans.
    

COMPARISONS

(1) U.S. TREASURY BILLS, NOTES, OR BONDS
     Investors may want to compare the performance of a Fund to that of United
States Treasury bills, notes, or bonds, which are issued by the U.S.
Government, because such instruments represent alternative income producing
products.  Treasury obligations are issued in selected denominations.  Rates of
Treasury obligations are fixed at the time of issuance and payment of principal
and interest is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States
Treasury.  The market value of such instruments will generally fluctuate
inversely with interest rates prior to maturity and will equal par value at
maturity.

(2) CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT
     Investors may want to compare a Fund's performance to that of certificates
of deposit offered by banks and other depositary institutions.  Certificates of
deposit represent  an alternative (taxable) income producing product.
Certificates of deposit may offer fixed or variable interest rates and
principal is guaranteed and may be insured.  Withdrawal of the deposits prior
to maturity normally will be subject to a penalty.  Rates offered by banks and
other depositary institutions are subject to

                                       39



<PAGE>   83

change at any time specified by the issuing institution. The bonds held by the
Bond Fund and High-Yield Fund are generally of longer term than most
certificates of deposit and may reflect longer term market interest rate
fluctuations.

(3) INDIVIDUAL MUNICIPAL BONDS
    The Funds may compare and contrast in advertising the relative advantages
of investing in a mutual fund versus an individual municipal bond.  Unlike
municipal bond mutual funds, individual municipal bonds offer a stated rate of
interest and, if held to maturity, repayment of principal.  Although some
individual municipal bonds might offer a higher return, they may not offer the
reduced risk of a mutual fund which invests in many different securities.  The
initial investment requirements and sales charges of many municipal bond mutual
funds are lower than the purchase cost of individual municipal bonds, which are
generally issued in $5,000 denominations and are subject to direct brokerage
costs.

ADDITIONAL FUND INFORMATION
   
(1) DURATION
     Duration is a calculation that seeks to measure the price sensitivity of a
bond or a bond fund to changes in interest rates.  It measures bond price
sensitivity to interest rate changes by taking into account the time value of
cash flows generated over the bond's life.  Future interest and principal
payments are discounted to reflect their present value and then are multiplied
by the number of years they will be received to produce a value that is
expressed in years.  Since duration can also be computed for the Funds, you can
estimate the effect of interest rates on a Fund's share price.  Simply multiply
the Fund's duration by an expected change in interest rates.  For example, the
price of a Fund with a duration of two years would be expected to fall
approximately two percent if market interest rates rose by one percentage
point.
    

(2) PORTFOLIO CHARACTERISTICS
     In order to present a more complete picture of a Fund's portfolio,
marketing materials may include various actual or estimated portfolio
characteristics, including but not limited to median market capitalizations,
earnings per share, alphas, betas, price/earnings ratios, returns on equity,
dividend yields, capitalization ranges, growth rates, price/book ratios, top
holdings, sector breakdowns, asset allocations, quality breakdowns, and
breakdowns by geographic region.

(3) MEASURES OF VOLATILITY AND RELATIVE PERFORMANCE
     Occasionally statistics may be used to specify Fund volatility or risk.
The general premise is that greater volatility connotes greater risk undertaken
in achieving performance.  Measures of volatility or risk are generally used to
compare the Fund's net asset value or performance relative to a market index.
One measure of volatility is beta.  Beta is the volatility of a fund relative
to the total market as represented by the Standard & Poor's 500 Stock Index.  A
beta of more than 1.00 indicates volatility greater than the market, and a beta
of less than 1.00 indicates volatility less than the market.  Another measure
of volatility or risk is standard deviation. Standard deviation is a
statistical tool that measures the degree to which a fund's performance has
varied from its average performance during a particular time period.

Standard deviation is calculated using the following formula:


<TABLE>
<S>                         <C>
Standard deviation = the square root of Sum (x(i) - x(m)(2)
                                            ---------------                  
                                             n-1

where                       Sum  = "the sum of",
                            x(i) = each individual return during the time period,
                            x(m) = the average return over the time period, and
                            n = the number of individual returns during the time period.
</TABLE>

     Statistics may also be used to discuss a Fund's relative performance. One
such measure is alpha. Alpha measures the actual return of a fund compared to
the expected return of a fund given its risk (as measured by beta).  The
expected return is based on how the market as a whole performed, and how the
particular fund has historically performed against the market. Specifically,
alpha is the actual return less the expected return. The expected return is
computed by multiplying the advance or decline in a market representation by
the fund's beta. A positive alpha quantifies the value that the fund manager
has added, and a negative alpha quantifies the value that the fund manager has
lost.


                                       40



<PAGE>   84


     Other measures of volatility and relative performance may be used as
appropriate. However, all such measures will fluctuate and do not represent
future results.

                              GENERAL INFORMATION

BUSINESS PHILOSOPHY

     The Advisor is an independent, Midwestern-based investment advisor, owned
by professionals active in its management. Recognizing that investors are the
focus of its business, the Advisor strives for excellence both in investment
management and in the service provided to investors. This commitment affects
many aspects of the business, including professional staffing, product
development, investment management, and service delivery.

     The increasing complexity of the capital markets requires specialized
skills and processes for each asset class and style. Therefore, the Advisor
believes that active management should produce greater returns than a passively
managed index.  The Advisor has brought together a group of top-flight
investment professionals with diverse product expertise, and each concentrates
on their investment specialty. The Advisor believes that people are the firm's
most important asset. For this reason, continuity of professionals is critical
to the firm's long-term success.

INVESTMENT ENVIRONMENT

     Discussions of economic, social, and political conditions and their impact
on the Funds may be used in advertisements and sales materials.  Such factors
that may impact the Fund include, but are not limited to, changes in interest
rates, political developments, the competitive environment, consumer behavior,
industry trends, technological advances, macroeconomic trends, and the supply
and demand of various financial instruments.  In addition, marketing materials
may cite the portfolio management's views or interpretations of such factors.

EIGHT BASIC PRINCIPLES FOR SUCCESSFUL MUTUAL FUND INVESTING

     These common sense rules are followed by many successful investors. They
make sense for beginners, too. If you have a question on these principles, or
would like to discuss them with us, please contact us at 1-800-368-3863.

1.   Have a plan - even a simple plan can help you take control of your
     financial future. Review your plan once a year, or if your circumstances
     change.

2.   Start investing as soon as possible. Make time a valuable ally. Let it
     put the power of compounding to work for you, while helping to reduce your
     potential investment risk.

3.   Diversify your portfolio. By investing in different asset classes -
     stocks, bonds, and cash - you help protect against poor performance in one
     type of investment while including investments most likely to help you
     achieve your important goals.

4.   Invest regularly. Investing is a process, not a one-time event.  By
     investing regularly over the long term, you reduce the impact of
     short-term market gyrations, and you attend to your long-term plan before
     you're tempted to spend those assets on short-term needs.

5.   Maintain a long-term perspective. For most individuals, the best
     discipline is staying invested as market conditions change. Reactive,
     emotional investment decisions are all too often a source of regret - and
     principal loss.

6.   Consider stocks to help achieve major long-term goals. Over time, stocks
     have provided the more powerful returns needed to help the value of your
     investments stay well ahead of inflation.

7.   Keep a comfortable amount of cash in your portfolio. To meet current
     needs, including emergencies, use a money market fund or a bank account -
     not your long-term investment assets.


                                       41



<PAGE>   85


8.   Know what you're buying. Make sure you understand the potential risks and
     rewards associated with each of your investments. Ask questions... request
     information...make up your own mind. And choose a fund company that helps
     you make informed investment decisions.

                              PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT

     Each portfolio manager works with a team of analysts, traders, and
administrative personnel. From time to time, marketing materials may discuss
various members of the team, including their education, investment experience,
and other credentials.

     The Advisor believes that actively managing each Fund's portfolio and
adjusting the average portfolio maturity according to the Advisor's interest
rate outlook is the best way to achieve the Fund's objectives.  This policy is
based on a fundamental belief that economic and financial conditions create
favorable and unfavorable investment periods (or seasons) and that these
different seasons require different investment approaches. Through its active
management approach, the Advisor seeks to avoid or reduce any negative change
in a Fund's net asset value per share during periods of falling bond prices.
   
SHORT-TERM AND BOND FUNDS
    
   
     The Funds' management utilizes the following management philosophy:

      o    Successful fixed-income management begins with a top-down
           analysis of the economy, interest rates, and the supply of and
           demand for credit.

      o    Defining benchmarks for duration, yield-curve
           characteristics, and sector/quality composition, making only
           moderate deviations from those benchmarks, and then modeling the
           effects of different economic scenarios on the portfolio is an
           efficient way to add value and control risk.

      o    Intensive research on individual issuers can uncover solid
           investment opportunities, especially in improving credits.
    
   

     The goal of the Funds' management is to provide highly competitive
tax-exempt yields while maintaining a low degree of share-price fluctuation
(for the Short-Term Fund) and a moderate degree of share-price fluctuation (for
the Bond Fund).
    
   
HIGH-YIELD FUND
    
   
     To help reduce investment risk, the Fund's management is highly selective,
relying on intensive, ongoing credit research.  Its first-hand research
includes frequent contact with issuers' management, often entails on-site
visits, and applies to bonds already purchased as well as to those under
consideration.  Decisions are made at three levels that are consistent with the
manager's viewpoint of the path of secular trends, economic activity, and
interest rates:
    
   
1.   Credit Quality:  The investment process is research-driven, with the
     objective of limiting credit risk.  The Fund's management may prefer
     issuers that have not secured a credit rating either because they lack the
     requisite operating history or because they are simply too small to
     justify the expense of being rated.  It also seeks to capitalize on
     turnaround issues.  However, the Fund's management believes that yield
     does not compensate for extreme credit risks.
    
   
2.   Sector Distribution:  The Fund's management target sectors of the
     municipal market that are expected to remain stable or improve in credit
     quality.  Primary themes currently include the aging of America and the
     reconstruction of our nation's infrastructure.
    
   
3.   Maturity Distribution:  The average maturity changes based on an
     assessment of the future direction of interest rates, with an attempt to
     maximize upside price potential when interest rates are expected to fall,
     and reduce downside price potential when rates are expected to rise.  An
     optimal maturity structure is based on fundamental and technical analysis.
    
                                       42



<PAGE>   86



                            INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

     Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., 411 East Wisconsin Avenue, Milwaukee, Wisconsin
53202, are the independent certified public accountants for the Funds,
providing audit services and assistance and consultation with respect to the
preparation of filings with the SEC.

                                 LEGAL COUNSEL

     Godfrey & Kahn, S.C., 780 North Water Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53202,
acts as outside legal counsel for the Funds.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The Annual Report that is attached hereto contains the following financial
information for each Fund:
   
            (a) Schedules of Investments in Securities.
            (b) Statements of Operations.
            (c) Statements of Assets and Liabilities.
            (d) Statements of Changes in Net Assets.
            (e) Notes to Financial Statements.
            (f) Financial Highlights.
            (g) Reports of Independent Accountants.

    


                                       43



<PAGE>   87


                                    APPENDIX

                                  BOND RATINGS

                         STANDARD & POOR'S DEBT RATINGS

     A Standard & Poor's corporate or municipal debt rating is a current
assessment of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific
obligation.  This assessment may take into consideration obligors such as
guarantors, insurers, or lessees.

     The debt rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell, or hold a
security, inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for
a particular investor.

     The ratings are based on current information furnished by the issuer or
obtained by S&P from other sources it considers reliable.  S&P does not perform
an audit in connection with any rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited
financial information.  The ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as
a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information, or based on
other circumstances.

     The ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following
considerations:

            1.   Likelihood of default capacity and willingness of
                 the obligor as to the timely payment of interest and repayment
                 of principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation.

            2.   Nature of and provisions of the obligation.

            3.   Protection afforded by, and relative position of,
                 the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or
                 other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws
                 affecting creditors' rights.

INVESTMENT GRADE
     AAA Debt rated 'AAA' has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's.
Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

     AA Debt rated 'AA' has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay
principal and differs from the highest rated issues only in small degree.

     A Debt rated 'A' has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal
although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher rated categories.

     BBB Debt rated 'BBB' is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay
interest and repay principal.  Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection
parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more
likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for
debt in this category than in higher rated categories.

SPECULATIVE GRADE
     Debt rated 'BB', 'B', 'CCC', 'CC' and 'C' is regarded as having
predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay
interest and repay principal.  'BB' indicates the least degree of speculation
and 'C' the highest.  While such debt will likely have some quality and
protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or
major exposures to adverse conditions.

     BB Debt rated 'BB' has less near-term vulnerability to default than other
speculative issues.  However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure
to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to
inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.  The 'BB'
rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is
assigned an actual or implied 'BBB-' rating.

                                      A-1


<PAGE>   88



     B Debt rated 'B' has a greater vulnerability to default but currently has
the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments.  Adverse
business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or
willingness to pay interest and repay principal.  The 'B' rating category is
also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or
implied 'BB' or 'BB-' rating.

     CCC Debt rated 'CCC' has a currently identifiable vulnerability to
default, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic
conditions to meet timely payment of interest and repayment of principal.  In
the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, it is not
likely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal.  The 'CCC'
rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is
assigned an actual or implied 'B' or 'B-' rating.

     CC Debt rated 'CC' typically is applied to debt subordinated to senior
debt that is assigned an actual or implied 'CCC' rating.

     C Debt rated 'C' typically is applied to debt subordinated to senior debt
which is assigned an actual or implied  'CCC-' rating.  The 'C' rating may be
used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed, but debt
service payments are continued.

     CI The rating 'CI' is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is
being paid.

     D  Debt rated 'D' is in payment default.  The 'D' rating category is used
when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due, even
if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such
payments will be made during such grade period.  The 'D' rating also will be
used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are
jeopardized.

                         MOODY'S LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS

     Aaa  - Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality.
They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to
as "gilt edged".  Interest payments are protected by a large or by an
exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure.  While the various
protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are
most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

     Aa - Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
standards.  Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known
as high grade bonds.  They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins
of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of
protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements
present which make the long-term risk appear somewhat larger than in Aaa
securities.

     A - Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes
and are to be considered as upper-medium grade obligations.  Factors giving
security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be
present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the future.

     Baa - Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations
(i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured).  Interest
payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain
protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over
any great length of time.  Such bonds lack outstanding investment
characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

     Ba - Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements;
their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of
interest and principal payments may be very moderate, and thereby not well
safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future.  Uncertainty of
position characterizes bonds in this class.

     B - Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the
desirable investment.  Assurance of interest and principal payments or
maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be
small.


                                      A-2


<PAGE>   89


     Caa - Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing.  Such issues may be
in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal
or interest.

     Ca - Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative
in a high degree.  Such issues are often in default or have other marked
shortcomings.

     C - Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and
issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever
attaining any real investment standing.

                   FITCH INVESTORS SERVICE, INC. BOND RATINGS

     Fitch investment grade bond ratings provide a guide to investors in
determining the credit risk associated with a particular security.  The ratings
represent Fitch's assessment of the issuer's ability to meet the obligations of
a specific debt issue or class of debt in a timely manner.

     The rating takes into consideration special features of the issue, its
relationship to other obligations of the issuer, the current and prospective
financial condition and operating performance of the issuer and any guarantor,
as well as the economic and political environment that might affect the
issuer's future financial strength and credit quality.

     Fitch ratings do not reflect any credit enhancement that may be provided
by insurance policies or financial guaranties unless otherwise indicated.

     Bonds that have the same rating are of similar but not necessarily
identical credit quality since the rating categories do not fully reflect small
differences in the degrees of credit risk.

     Fitch ratings are not recommendations to buy, sell, or hold any security.
Ratings do not comment on the adequacy of market price, the suitability of any
security for a particular investor, or the tax-exempt nature or taxability of
payments made in respect of any security.

     Fitch ratings are based on information obtained from issuers, other
obligors, underwriters, their experts, and other sources Fitch believes to be
reliable.  Fitch does not audit or verify the truth or accuracy of such
information.  Ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of
changes in, or the unavailability of, information or for other reasons.

      AAA  Bonds considered to be investment grade and of the highest
           credit quality.  The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to
           pay interest and repay principal, which is unlikely to be affected
           by reasonably foreseeable events.

       AA   Bonds considered to be investment grade and of very high
            credit quality.  The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay
            principal is very strong, although not quite as strong as bonds
            rated 'AAA'.  Because bonds rated in the 'AAA'  and 'AA' categories
            are not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable future
            developments, short-term debt of the issuers is generally rated
            'F-1+'.

       A    Bonds considered to be investment grade and of high credit
            quality.  The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay principal
            is considered to be strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse
            changes in economic conditions and circumstances than bonds with
            higher ratings.

      BBB  Bonds considered to be investment grade and of satisfactory
           credit quality.  The obligor's ability to pay interest and repay
           principal is considered to be adequate.  Adverse changes in economic
           conditions and circumstances, however, are more likely to have
           adverse impact on these bonds and, therefore, impair timely payment.
           The likelihood that the ratings of these bonds will fall below
           investment grade is higher than for bonds with higher ratings.


                                      A-3


<PAGE>   90


     Fitch speculative grade bond ratings provide a guide to investors in
determining the credit risk associated with a particular security.  The ratings
('BB' to 'C') represent Fitch's assessment of the likelihood of timely payment
of principal and interest in accordance with the terms of obligation for bond
issues not in default.  For defaulted bonds, the rating ('DDD' to 'D') is an
assessment of the ultimate recovery value through reorganization or
liquidation.

     The rating takes into consideration special features of the issue, its
relationship to other obligations of the issuer, the current  and prospective
financial condition and operating performance of the issuer and any guarantor,
as well as the economic and political environment that might affect the
issuer's future financial strength.

     Bonds that have the same rating are of similar but not necessarily
identical credit quality since the rating categories cannot fully reflect the
differences in the degrees of credit risk.


       BB   Bonds are considered speculative.  The obligor's ability to
            pay interest and repay principal may be affected over time by
            adverse economic changes.  However, business and financial
            alternatives can be identified, which could assist the obligor in
            satisfying its debt service requirements.

       B    Bonds are considered highly speculative.  While bonds in
            this class are currently meeting debt service requirements, the
            probability of continued timely payment of principal and interest
            reflects the obligor's limited margin of safety and the need for
            reasonable business and economic activity throughout the life of
            the issue.

      CCC  Bonds have certain identifiable characteristics that, if not
           remedied, may lead to default.  The ability to meet obligations
           requires an advantageous business and economic environment.

       CC   Bonds are minimally protected.  Default in payment of
            interest and/or principal seems probable over time.

       C    Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or
            principal.

      DDD, DD,
      and  D Bonds are in default on interest and/or principal payments.
           Such bonds are extremely speculative and should be valued on the
           basis of their ultimate recovery value in liquidation or
           reorganization of the obligor.  'DDD' represents the highest
           potential for recovery of these bonds, and 'D' represents the lowest
           potential for recovery.

                   DUFF & PHELPS, INC. LONG-TERM DEBT RATINGS

     These ratings represent a summary opinion of the issuer's long-term
fundamental quality.  Rating determination is based on qualitative and
quantitative factors which may vary according to the basic economic and
financial characteristics of each industry and each issuer.  Important
considerations are vulnerability to economic cycles as well as risks related to
such factors as competition, government action, regulation, technological
obsolescence, demand shifts, cost structure, and management depth and
expertise.  The projected viability of the obligor at the trough of the cycle
is a critical determination.

     Each rating also takes into account the legal form of the security, (e.g.,
first mortgage bonds, subordinated debt, preferred stock, etc.).  The extent of
rating dispersion among the various classes of securities is determined by
several factors including relative weightings of the different security classes
in the capital structure, the overall credit strength of the issuer, and the
nature of covenant protection.  Review of indenture restrictions is important
to the analysis of a company's operating and financial constraints.


                                      A-4


<PAGE>   91


The Credit Rating Committee formally reviews all ratings once per quarter (more
frequently, if necessary).   Ratings of 'BBB-' and higher fall within the
definition of investment grade securities, as defined by bank and insurance
supervisory authorities.


<TABLE>
<S>           <C>
RATING SCALE  DEFINITION


AAA           Highest credit quality.  The risk factors are negligible, being only slightly more
              than for risk-free U.S. Treasury debt.


AA+           High credit quality.  Protection factors are strong.  Risk is modest, but may
AA            vary slightly from time to time because of economic conditions.
AA-


A+            Protection factors are average but adequate.  However, risk factors are more
A             variable and greater in periods of economic stress.
A-


BBB+          Below-average protection factors but still considered sufficient for prudent
BBB           investment.  Considerable variability in risk during economic cycles.
BBB-


BB+           Below investment grade but deemed likely to meet obligations when due.
BB            Present or prospective financial protection factors fluctuate according to
BB-           industry conditions or company fortunes.  Overall quality may move up or
              down frequently within this category.


B+            Below investment grade and possessing risk that obligations will not be met
B             when due.  Financial protection factors will fluctuate widely according to
B-            economic cycles, industry conditions and/or company fortunes.  Potential
              exists for frequent changes in the rating within this category or into a higher
              or lower rating grade.


CCC           Well below investment grade securities.  Considerable uncertainty exists as to
              timely payment of principal, interest or preferred dividends.
              Protection factors are narrow and risk can be substantial with unfavorable
              economic/industry conditions, and/or with unfavorable company developments.


DD            Defaulted debt obligations.  Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or
              interest payments.
DP            Preferred stock with dividend arrearages.
</TABLE>




                                      A-5


<PAGE>   92


                               SHORT-TERM RATINGS

                   STANDARD & POOR'S COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS

     A Standard & Poor's commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the
likelihood of timely payment of debt considered short-term in the relevant
market.

     Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from 'A-1' for the
highest quality obligations to 'D' for the lowest.  These categories are as
follows:

     A-1 This highest category indicates that the degree of safety regarding
timely payment is strong.  Those issues determined to possess extremely strong
safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.

     A-2 Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is
satisfactory.  However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for
issues designated 'A-1'.

     A-3 Issues carrying this designation have adequate capacity for timely
payment.  They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes
in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

     B Issues rated 'B' are regarded as having only speculative capacity for
timely payment.

     C This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with doubtful
capacity for payment.

     D Debt rated 'D' is in payment default.  The 'D' rating category is used
when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due, even
if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such
payments will be made during such grace period.

                         STANDARD & POOR'S NOTE RATINGS

     An S&P note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market-access risks
unique to notes.  Notes maturing in three years or less  will likely receive a
note rating.  Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a
long-term debt rating.

     The following criteria will be used in making the assessment:

      o    Amortization schedule - the larger the final maturity
           relative to other maturities, the more likely the issue is to be
           treated as a note.

      o    Source of payment - the more the issue depends on the market
           for its refinancing, the more likely it is to be considered a note.

     Note rating symbols and definitions are as follows:

     SP-1 Strong capacity to pay principal and interest.  Issues determined to
possess very strong characteristics are given a plus (+) designation.

     SP-2 Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some
vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the
notes.

     SP-3 Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.



                                      A-6


<PAGE>   93


                           MOODY'S SHORT-TERM RATINGS

     Moody's short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to
repay punctually senior debt obligations.  These obligations have an original
maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

     Moody's employs the following three designations, all judged to be
investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

     Issuers rated PRIME-1 (or supporting institutions) have a superior ability
for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.  Prime-1 repayment will
often be evidenced by many of the following characteristics:  (i) leading
market positions in well-established industries, (ii) high rates of return on
funds employed, (iii) conservative capitalization structure with moderate
reliance on debt and ample asset protection, (iv) broad margins in earnings
coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal cash generation, and (v)
well established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources of
alternate liquidity.

     Issuers rated PRIME-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong ability
for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations.  This will normally be
evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above, but to a lesser degree.
Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject to
variation.  Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be
more affected by external conditions.  Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

     Issuers rated PRIME-3 (or supporting institutions) have an acceptable
ability for repayment of senior short-term obligations.  The effect of industry
characteristics and market compositions may be more pronounced.  Variability in
earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt
protection measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage.
Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

     Issuers rated NOT PRIME do not fall within any of the Prime rating
categories.

                              MOODY'S NOTE RATINGS

     MIG 1/VMIG 1  This designation denotes best quality.  There is present
strong protection by established cash flows, superior liquidity support or
demonstrated broad based access to the market for refinancing.

     MIG 2/VMIG 2  This designation denotes high quality.  Margins of
protection are ample although not so large as in the preceding group.

     MIG 3/VMIG 3  This designation denotes favorable quality.  All security
elements are accounted for but there is lacking the undeniable strength of the
preceding grades.  Liquidity and cash flow protection may be narrow and market
access for refinancing is likely to be less well established.

     MIG 4/VMIG 4  This designation denotes adequate quality.  Protection
commonly regarded as required of an investment security is present and although
not distinctly or predominantly speculative, there is specific risk.

     SG  This designation denotes speculative quality.  Debt instruments in
this category lack margins of protection.



                                      A-7


<PAGE>   94


                FITCH INVESTORS SERVICE, INC. SHORT-TERM RATINGS

     Fitch's short-term ratings apply to debt obligations that are payable on
demand or have original maturities of generally up to three years, including
commercial paper, certificates of deposit, medium-term notes, and municipal and
investment notes.

     The short-term rating places greater emphasis than a long-term rating on
the existence of liquidity necessary to meet the issuer's obligations in a
timely manner.

      F-1+ Exceptionally Strong Credit Quality.  Issues assigned this
           rating are regarded as having the strongest degree of assurance for
           timely payment.

      F-1  Very Strong Credit Quality.  Issues assigned this rating
           reflect an assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree
           than issues rated 'F-1+'.

      F-2  Good Credit Quality.  Issues assigned this rating have a
           satisfactory degree of assurance for timely payment but the margin
           of safety is not as great as for issues assigned 'F-1+' and 'F-1'
           ratings.

      F-3  Fair Credit Quality.  Issues assigned this rating have
           characteristics suggesting that the degree of assurance for timely
           payment is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could cause
           these securities to be rated below investment grade.

      F-S  Weak Credit Quality.  Issues assigned this rating have
           characteristics suggesting a minimal degree of assurance for timely
           payment and are vulnerable to near-term adverse changes in financial
           and economic conditions.

      D    Default.  Issues assigned this rating are in actual or
           imminent payment default.

      LOC  The symbol LOC indicates that the rating is based on a letter
           of credit issued by a commercial bank.

                  DUFF & PHELPS, INC. SHORT-TERM DEBT RATINGS

     Duff & Phelps' short-term ratings are consistent with the rating criteria
used by money market participants.  The ratings apply to all obligations with
maturities of under one year, including commercial paper, the uninsured portion
of certificates of deposit, unsecured bank loans, master notes, bankers
acceptances, irrevocable letters of credit, and current maturities of long-term
debt.  Asset-backed commercial paper is also rated according to this scale.

     Emphasis is placed on liquidity which is defined as not only cash from
operations, but also access to alternative sources of funds including trade
credit, bank lines, and the capital markets.  An important consideration is the
level of an obligor's reliance on short-term funds on an ongoing basis.


        Rating Scale:  Definition
        ------------   ----------

                       High Grade
                       ----------

         D-1+          Highest certainty of timely payment.  Short-Term
                       liquidity, including internal operating factors and/or
                       access to alternative sources of funds, is outstanding,
                       and safety is just below risk-free U.S. Treasury
                       short-term obligations.

         D-1           Very high certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity
                       factors are excellent and supported by good fundamental
                       protection factors. Risk factors are minor.


                                      A-8


<PAGE>   95


      D-1- High certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors are
           strong and supported by good fundamental protection factors.  Risk
           factors are very small.

           Good Grade

      D-2  Good certainty of timely payment.  Liquidity factors and
           company fundamentals are sound.  Although ongoing funding needs may
           enlarge total financing requirements, access to capital markets is
           good.  Risk factors are small.

           Satisfactory Grade

      D-3  Satisfactory liquidity and other protection factors qualify
           issues as to investment grade.  Risk factors are larger and subject
           to more variation. Nevertheless, timely payment is expected.

           Non-Investment Grade

      D-4  Speculative investment characteristics.  Liquidity is not
           sufficient to insure against disruption in debt service.  Operating
           factors and market access may be subject to a high degree of
           variation.

           Default

      D-5  Issuer failed to meet scheduled principal and/or interest payments.

                   THOMSON BANKWATCH (TBW) SHORT-TERM RATINGS

     The TBW Short-Term Ratings apply, unless otherwise noted, to specific debt
instruments of the rated entities with a maturity of one year or less.  TBW
Short-Term Ratings are intended to assess the likelihood of an untimely or
incomplete payments of principal or interest.

     TBW-1  The highest category; indicates a very high likelihood that
principal and interest will be paid on a timely basis.

     TBW-2  The second highest category; while the degree of safety regarding
timely repayment of principal and interest is strong, the relative degree of
safety is not as high as for issues rated "TBW-1".

     TBW-3  The lowest investment-grade category; indicates that while the
obligation is more susceptible to adverse developments (both internal and
external) than those with higher ratings, the capacity to service principal and
interest in a timely fashion is considered adequate.

     TBW-4  The lowest rating category; this rating is regarded as
non-investment grade and therefore speculative.


                                      A-9


<PAGE>   96


                            IBCA SHORT-TERM RATINGS

     IBCA Short-Term Ratings assess the borrowing characteristics of banks and
corporations, and the capacity for timely repayment of debt obligations.  The
Short-Term Ratings relate to debt which has a maturity of less than one year.

<TABLE>

      A1+  Obligations supported by the highest capacity for timely
           repayment and possess a particularly strong credit feature.



<S>  <C>
A1   Obligations supported by the highest capacity for timely repayment.

A2   Obligations supported by a good capacity for timely repayment.

A3   Obligations supported by a satisfactory capacity for timely repayment.

B    Obligations for which there is an uncertainty as to the capacity to ensure timely repayment.

C    Obligations for which there is a high risk of default or which are currently in default.
</TABLE>




                                      A-10


<PAGE>   97
                                ANNUAL REPORT

                    STRONG SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND FUND


    Incorporated by Reference to the Registrant's Annual Report filed on Form
N-30D (File No. 33-42773), which was filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on or about October 30, 1996 (Edgar Reference No.    
0000948336-96-000013).
        
<PAGE>   98








                  STRONG SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND FUND, INC.

                                     PART C
                               OTHER INFORMATION

Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits

          (a)   Financial Statements (all included or incorporated by reference 
                in Parts A & B)
 
                Schedules of Investments in Securities
                Statements of Operations
                Statements of Assets and Liabilities
                Statements of Changes in Net Assets
                Notes to Financial Statements
                Financial Highlights
                Report of Independent Accountants

          (b)   Exhibits
                (1)      Articles of Incorporation dated July 31, 1996
                (2)      Bylaws dated October 20, 1995(2)
                (3)      Inapplicable
                (4)      Specimen Stock Certificate(2)
                (5)      Investment Advisory Agreement(1)
                (6)      Distribution Agreement(2)
                (7)      Inapplicable
                (8)      Custody Agreement(2)
                (9)      Shareholder Servicing Agent Agreement(2)
                (10)     Inapplicable
                (11)     Consent of Auditor
                (12)     Inapplicable
                (13)     Inapplicable
                (14)     Inapplicable
                (15)     Inapplicable
                (16)     Computation of Performance Figures
                (17)     Financial Data Schedule
                (18)     Inapplicable
                (19)     Powers of Attorney dated December 27, 1996
                (20)     Letter of Representation
                (21.1)   Code of Ethics for Access Persons dated October 18, 
                         1996
                (21.2)   Code of Ethics for Non-Access Persons dated October 18,
                         1996

- -------------------------------------

(1)  Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 6 to the
     Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about April
     20, 1995.

(2)  Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 7 to the
     Registration Statement on Form N-1A of Registrant filed on or about April
     26, 1996.


Item 25.  Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant

          Registrant neither controls any person nor is under common control 
          with any other person.





                                     C-1
<PAGE>   99

Item 26.  Number of Holders of Securities


                                            Number of Record Holders
                  Title of Class            as of November 29, 1996
                  --------------            ------------------------

           Common Stock, $.00001 par value           3,687


Item 27.  Indemnification

     Officers and directors are insured under a joint errors and omissions
insurance policy underwritten by American International Group, First State
Insurance Company, Chubb Group, and Gulf Insurance Companies in the aggregate
amount of $40,000,000, subject to certain deductions.  Pursuant to the
authority of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law ("WBCL"), Article VIII of
Registrant's Bylaws provides as follows:

     ARTICLE VII.  INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

          SECTION 7.01.  Mandatory Indemnification.  The corporation shall
     indemnify, to the full extent permitted by the WBCL, as in effect from
     time to time, the persons described in Sections 180.0850 through 180.0859
     (or any successor provisions) of the WBCL or other provisions of the law
     of the State of Wisconsin relating to indemnification of directors and
     officers, as in effect from time to time.  The indemnification afforded
     such persons by this section shall not be exclusive of other rights to
     which they may be entitled as a matter of law.

          SECTION 7.02.  Permissive Supplementary Benefits.  The Corporation
     may, but shall not be required to, supplement the right of indemnification
     under Section 7.01 of (a) the purchase of insurance on behalf of any one
     or more of such persons, whether or not the Corporation would be obligated
     to indemnify such person under Section 7.01; (b) individual or group
     indemnification agreements with any one or more such persons; and (c)
     advances for related expenses of such a person.

          SECTION 7.03. Amendment.  This Article VII may be amended or repealed
     only by a vote of the shareholders and not by a vote of the Board of
     Directors.

          SECTION 7.04.  Investment Company Act.  In no event shall the
     Corporation indemnify any person hereunder in contravention of any
     provision of the Investment Company Act.

Item 28.  Business and Other Connections of Investment Advisor

     The information contained under "About the Funds - Management" in the
Prospectus and under "Directors and Officers of the Funds" and "Investment
Advisor and Distributor" in the Statement of Additional Information is hereby
incorporated by reference pursuant to Rule 411 under the Securities Act of
1933.

Item 29.  Principal Underwriters

     (a) Strong Funds Distributors, Inc., principal underwriter for Registrant,
also serves as principal underwriter for Strong Advantage Fund, Inc.; Strong
Asia Pacific Fund, Inc.; Strong Asset Allocation Fund, Inc.; Strong Common
Stock Fund, Inc.; Strong Conservative Equity Fund, Inc.; Strong Corporate Bond
Fund, Inc.; Strong Discovery Fund, Inc.; Strong Equity Funds, Inc.; Strong
Government Securities Fund, Inc.; Strong Heritage Reserve Series, Inc.; Strong
High-Yield Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.; Strong Income Funds, Inc.; Strong
Institutional Funds, Inc.; Strong International Bond Fund, Inc.; Strong
International Stock Fund, Inc.; Strong Money Market Fund, Inc.; Strong
Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.; Strong Municipal Funds, Inc.; Strong Opportunity
Fund, Inc.; Strong Schafer Value Fund, Inc.; Strong Short-Term Bond Fund, Inc.;
Strong Short-Term Global Bond Fund, Inc.; Strong Special Fund II, Inc.; Strong
Total Return Fund, Inc.; and Strong Variable Insurance Funds, Inc.

     (b)  The information contained under "About the Funds - Management" in the
Prospectus and under "Directors and Officers of the Funds" and "Investment
Advisor and Distributor" in the Statement of Additional Information is hereby
incorporated by reference pursuant to Rule 411 under the Securities Act of
1933.

                                     C-2

<PAGE>   100


     (c)  None

Item 30.  Location of Accounts and Records

     All accounts, books, or other documents required to be maintained by
Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules promulgated
thereunder are in the physical possession of Registrant's Vice President,
Thomas P. Lemke, at Registrant's corporate offices, 100 Heritage Reserve,
Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin 53051.

Item 31.  Management Services

     All management-related service contracts entered into by Registrant are
discussed in Parts A and B of this Registration Statement.

Item 32.  Undertakings

     The Registrant undertakes to furnish to each person to whom a prospectus
is delivered, upon request and without charge, a copy of the  Registrant's
latest annual report to shareholders.

                                     C-3

<PAGE>   101



                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the
Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of
the requirements for effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to
the Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of
1933 and has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto
duly authorized, in the Village of Menomonee Falls, and State of Wisconsin on
the 27th day of December, 1996.
        
                             STRONG SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND FUND, INC.
                             (Registrant)


                             BY: /s/ John Dragisic
                                ---------------------------------------
                                John Dragisic, President

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the Registration Statement on Form N-1A has
been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the date
indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
      NAME                        TITLE                        DATE
      ----                        -----                        -----      
<S>                    <C>                                   <C>
                       President (Principal Executive
                       Officer and acting Principal
                       Financial and Accounting Officer)
/s/ John Dragisic      and a Director                        December 27, 1996
- ---------------------
John Dragisic

/s/ Richard S. Strong  Chairman of the Board and a Director  December 27, 1996
- ---------------------
Richard S. Strong

                       Director                              December 27, 1996
- ---------------------
Marvin E. Nevins*

                       Director                              December 27, 1996
- ---------------------
Willie D. Davis*

                       Director                              December 27, 1996
- ---------------------
William F. Vogt*

                       Director                              December 27, 1996
- ---------------------
Stanley Kritzik*
</TABLE>

*    John S. Weitzer signs this document pursuant to powers of attorney filed
     with this Post-Effective Amendment No. 8 to the Registration Statement on
     Form N-1A.


                             BY: /s/ John S. Weitzer
                                ----------------------------------------
                                John S. Weitzer, Vice President

<PAGE>   102


                                 EXHIBIT INDEX


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       EDGAR
Exhibit No.                 Exhibit                 Exhibit No.
- -----------                 -------                 -----------
<S>          <C>                                    <C>
(1)          Articles of Incorporation              EX-99.B1

(11)         Consent of Auditor                     EX-99.B11

(16)         Computation of Performance Figures     EX-99.B16

(17)         Financial Data Schedule                EX-27

(19)         Powers of Attorney                     EX-99.B19

(20)         Letter of Representation               EX-99.B20

(21.1)       Code of Ethics for Access Persons      EX-99.B21.1

(21.2)       Code of Ethics for Non-Access Persons  EX-99.B21.2
</TABLE>


<PAGE>   1
               AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
               OF STRONG SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND FUND, INC.

     These Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation shall supersede and
replace the heretofore existing Articles of Incorporation of Strong Short-Term
Municipal Bond Fund, Inc., as atnended to date, a corporation organized under
Chapter 180 of the Wisconsin Statutes:

                                  ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation (hereinafter, the "Corporation") is:

                 Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.

                                 ARTICLE II

The period of existence of the Corporation shall be perpetual.

                                 ARTICLE III

     The purpose for which the Corporation is organized is, without
limitation, to act as a registered management investment company under 15 USC
80a-1 to 80a-64, as amended from time to time (the "Investment Company Act"),
and for any other purposes for which corporations may be organized under
Chapter 180 of the Wisconsin Statutes, as amended from time to time (the
"WBCL").

                                      ARTICLE IV

     A. The Corporation shall have the authority to issue an indefinite number
of shares with a par value of $.00001 per share, initially consisting of a
single class designated as Common Stock. Prior to the reclassification of any
unissued shares of the Corporation's Common Stock, such Common Stock shall
have unlimited voting rights as provided by the WBCL, shall be entitled to
receive the net assets of the Corporation upon liquidation and shall be
entitled to such dividends or distributions, in shares or in cash or in both,
as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of
Directors shall have the authority to redesignate the outstanding Common Stock
upon the reclassification of any unissued shares of Common Stock into
different classes and series of classes, provided the redesignation does not
affect the preferences, limitations, and relative rights of outstanding shares
of Common Stock (or such other designation for such Common Stock as is
determined by the Board of Directors pursuant to this sentence) and upon such
redesignation and reclassification, outstanding shares shall be subject to
subparagraphs 1-7 of paragraph B of this Article IV. Thereafter, the
Corporation's Common Stock shall consist of such classes and series as is
designated by the Board of Directors in accordance with paragraph B of this
Article IV.

     B. The Board of Directors is authorized to classify or to reclassify
(i.e. into classes and series of classes), from time to time, any unissued
shares of the Corporation by setting, changing, or eliminating the
distinguishing designation and the preferences, limitations, and relative
rights, in whole or in part, to the fullest extent permissible under the WBCL.

     Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors prior to the issuance
of shares, the shares of any and all classes and series shall be subject to
the following:

        1. The Board of Directors may redesignate a class or series whether or
not shares of such class or series are issued and outstanding, provided that
such redesignation does not affect the preferences, limitations, and relative
rights, in whole or in part, of such class or series.

<PAGE>   2

        2. The assets and liabilities and the income and expenses for each class
shall be attributable to that class. The assets and liabilities and the income
and expenses of each series within a class shall be determined separately and,
accordingly, the net asset value of shares may vary from series to series
within a class. The income or gain and the expense or liabilities of the
Corporation shall be allocated to each class or series as determined by or
under the direction of the Board of Directors.

        3. Shares of each class or series shall be entitled to such dividends or
distributions, in shares or in cash or both, as may be declared from time to
time by the Board of Directors with respect to such class or series. Dividends
or distributions shall be paid on shares of a class or series only out of the
assets belonging to that class or series.

        4. Any shares redeemed by the Corporation shall be deemed to be canceled
and restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of the particular
class or series.

        5. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, 
the holders of a class or series shall be entitled to receive, as a
class or series, out of the assets of the Corporation available for
distribution to shareholders, the assets belonging to that class or series less
the liabilities allocated to that class or series. The assets so distributable
to the holders of a class or series shall be distributed among such holders in
proportion to the number of shares of that class or series held by them and
recorded on the books of the Corporation. In the event that there are any
assets available for distribution that are not attributable to any particular
class or series, such assets shall be allocated to all classes or series in
proportion to the net asset value of the respective class or series.

        6. All holders of shares shall vote as a single class and series except
with respect to any matter which affects only one or more series or class of
shares, in which case only the holders of shares of the class or series
affected shall be entitled to vote.


        7. For purposes of the Corporation's Registration Statements filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of
1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, including all prospectuses and
Statements of Additional Information, and other reports filed under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, references therein to "classes" of the
Corporation's common stock shall mean "series", as used in these Articles of
Incorporation and the WBCL, and references therein to "series" shall mean
"classes", as used in these Articles of Incorporation and the WBCL.

     C. The Corporation may issue fractional shares. Any fractional shares
shall carry proportionately all the rights of whole shares, including, without
limitation, the right to vote and the right to receive dividends and
distributions.

     D. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may authorize the issuance
and sale of any class or series of shares from time to time in such amount and
on such terms and conditions, for such purposes and for such amounts or kind
of consideration as the Board of Directors shall determine, subject to any
limits required by then applicable law. Nothing in this paragraph shall be
construed in any way as limiting the Board of Directors authority to issue the
Corporation's shares in connection with a share dividend under the WBCL.

     E. Subject to the suspension of the right of redemption or postponement
of the date of payment or satisfaction upon redemption in accordance with the
Investment Company Act, each holder of any class or series of the Common
Stock of the Corporation, upon request and after complying with the redemption
procedures established by or under the supervision of the Board of Directors,
shall be entitled to require the Corporation to redeem out of legally
available funds all or any part of the Common Stock standing in the name of
such holder on the books of the Corporation at the net asset value (as
determined in accordance with the Investment Company Act) of such shares (less
any applicable redemption fee). Any such redeemed shares shall be canceled and
restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares.

                                       2

<PAGE>   3

     F. The Board of Directors may authorize the Corporation, at its option
and to the extent permitted by and in accordance with the Investment Company
Act, to redeem any shares of Common Stock of any class or series of the
Corporation owned by any shareholder under circumstances deemed appropriate by
the Board of Directors in its sole discretion from time to time, including
without limitation the failure to maintain ownership of a specified minimum
number or value of shares of Common Stock of any class or series of the
Corporation, at the net asset value (as determined in accordance with the
Investment Company Act) of such shares (less any applicable redemption fee).

     G. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may, upon reasonable notice
to the holders of Common Stock of any class or series of the Corporation,
impose a fee for the redemption of shares, such fee to be not in excess of the
amount set forth in the Corporation's then existing Bylaws and to apply in the
case of such redemptions and under such terms and conditions as the Board of
Directors shall determine. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to
rescind imposition of any such fee in its discretion and to reimpose the
redemption fee from time to time upon reasonable notice.

     H. No holder of the Common Stock of any class or series of the
Corporation shall, as such holder, have any right to purchase or subscribe for
any shares of the Common Stock of any class or series of the Corporation which
it may issue or sell other than such right, if any, as the Board of Directors,
in its sole discretion, may determine.

     I. With respect to any class or series, the Board of Directors may adopt
provisions to seek to maintain a stable net asset value per share. Without
limiting the foregoing, the Board of Directors may determine that the net
asset value per share of any class or series should be maintained at a
designated constant value and may establish procedures, not inconsistent with
applicable law, to accomplish that result. Such procedures may include a
requirement, in the event of a net loss with respect to the particular class
or series from time to time, for automatic pro rata capital contributions from
each shareholder of that class or series in amounts sufficient to maintain the
designated constant share value.

                                  ARTICLE V

     The number of directors shall be fixed by the Bylaws of the Corporation.

                                  ARTICLE VI

     The Corporation reserves the right to enter into, from time to time,
investment advisory agreements providing for the management and supervision of
the investments of the Corporation, the furnishing of advice to the
Corporation with respect to the desirability of investing in, purchasing or
selling securities or other assets and the furnishing of clerical and
administrative services to the Corporation. Such agreements shall contain such
other terms, provisions and conditions as the Board of Directors of the
Corporation may deem advisable and as are permitted by the Investment Company
Act.

     The Corporation may, without limitation, designate distributors,
custodians, transfer agents, registrars and/or disbursing agents for the stock
and assets of the Corporation and employ and fix the powers, rights, duties,
responsibilities and compensation of each such distributor, custodian,
transfer agent, registrar and/or disbursing agent.

                                 ARTICLE VII

     If the Board of Directors redesignate the outstanding Common Stock in
accordance with paragraph A of Article IV, the Board of Directors shall
designate the corporation with a generic name that is consistent with the
name of the first series and any subsequent series.

                                       3


<PAGE>   4



                                 ARTICLE VIII

     The registered office of the Corporation is located at 100
Heritage Reserve, in the Village of Menomonee Falls, Waukesha County, Wisconsin
53051 and the name of the registered agent at such address is Thomas P. Lemke.


This instrument was drafted by:

John S. Weitzer
Strong Capital Management, Inc.
100 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin 53051


                                      4


<PAGE>   1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


To the Board of Directors of
Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Post-Effective Amendment No. 8
to the Registration Statement of Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund, Inc. on
Form N-1A of our report dated September 26, 1996 on our audit of the financial
statements and financial highlights of Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund,
Inc., which report is included in the Annual Report to Shareholders for the
period ended August 31, 1996, which is also incorporated by reference in the
Registration Statement.  We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the
caption "Independent Accountants" in the Statement of Additional Information.


                                        /s/ COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.

                                        COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.


Milwaukee, Wisconsin
December 30, 1996


<PAGE>   1



                  Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.

                                  EXHIBIT 16

                           SCHEDULE OF COMPUTATION OF
                             PERFORMANCE QUOTATIONS

I.   CURRENT ANNUALIZED YELD: 30 days ended August 30, 1996

     A. Formula
                      a-b       6
        YIELD = 2[(----------+1) -1]                       
                       cd
                       

         Where:        a=    dividends and interest earned during the period. 
                       b=    expenses accrued for the period (net of 
                             reimbursements). 
                       c=    the average daily number of shares outstanding 
                             during the period. 
                       d=    the maximum offering price per share on the last 
                             day of the period.




     B. Calculation

                         632,348.86 - 66,709.49           6
        YIELD = 2[(---------------------------------- + 1)  - 1]
                         13,852,881.221 x 9.67


        YIELD = 5.12%


II.  TAX-EQUIVALENT YIELD: 30 Days ended August 30, 1996


     A. Formula


        Tax-Equivalent Yield=  YIELD (as defined above)
                              --------------------------------
                               100% - Stated Marginal Tax Rate
    

     B. Calculation

        5.12%/(1 - .31 tax rate*)

        5.12%/.69 = 7.42%

        *31% federal tax rate



III. AVERAGE ANNUAL COMPOUNDED RETURN


     A. Formula
                 n             n ____
        P (1 + T)  = ERV or T \ /ERV/P -1

<PAGE>   2


Where:   P=   a hypothetical initial payment of $10,000 

         T=   average annual total return 

         n=   number of years


       ERV =  ending redeemable value of a hypothetical $10,000 payment made
              at the beginning of the stated periods at the end of the stated
              periods.

     B. Calculation
             n __________
        T = \ /ERV/P - 1

        1. One-year period 8-31-95 through 8-31-96
                 1 _____________
        5.23% = \ /10,404/10,000 - 1

        2. Since inception 12-31-91 through 8-31-96

               4.67 _____________
        4.19%=\    /12,146/10,000 - 1

IV.  TOTAL RETURN

     A. Formula

        EV-IV
        -----
         IV   =   TR


Where:  EV =   Value at the end of the period, including reinvestment of all
               dividends and capital gains distributions

        IV =   Initial value of a hypothetical investment at the net asset value

        TR =   Total Return

     B. Calculation

        EV-IV
        -----
         IV   =   TR

        One-year period ended August 31, 1996


                  10,404 - 10,000
                  ---------------    =    5.23%
                      10,000




<PAGE>   1
[ARTICLE] 6
[CIK] 0000879358
[NAME] STRONG SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND FUND, INC.
[MULTIPLIER] 1000
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>
[PERIOD-TYPE]                   OTHER
[FISCAL-YEAR-END]                          AUG-31-1996
[PERIOD-START]                             JAN-01-1996
[PERIOD-END]                               AUG-31-1996
[INVESTMENTS-AT-COST]                           133730
[INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE]                           13465
[RECEIVABLES]                                     2234
[ASSETS-OTHER]                                     131
[OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS]                                 0
[TOTAL-ASSETS]                                  137020
[PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES]                             0
[SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT]                              0
[OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES]                          671
[TOTAL-LIABILITIES]                                671
[SENIOR-EQUITY]                                      0
[PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON]                        147270
[SHARES-COMMON-STOCK]                              520
[SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR]                           (2996)
[ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT]                            0
[OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII]                               0
[ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS]                        (11542)       
[OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS]                             0
[ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC]                           621
[NET-ASSETS]                                    136349
[DIVIDEND-INCOME]                                    0
[INTEREST-INCOME]                                 5242
[OTHER-INCOME]                                       0
[EXPENSES-NET]                                     660
[NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME]                           4582
[REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT]                           482
[APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT]                       (1972)
[NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS]                             3092
[EQUALIZATION]                                       0
[DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME]                         4582
[DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS]                             0
[DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER]                                0
[NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD]                           5134
[NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED]                       5001
[SHARES-REINVESTED]                                387
[NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS]                            3611
[ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR]                              0
[ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR]                      (5,512)
[OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR]                              0
[OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR]                           0
[GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES]                              450
[INTEREST-EXPENSE]                                   0
[GROSS-EXPENSE]                                    660
[AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS]                            134370
[PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN]                             9.77
[PER-SHARE-NII]                                   0.33
[PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC]                         (0.10)
[PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND]                            (0.33)
[PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS]                         0.00
[RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL]                              0.00
[PER-SHARE-NAV-END]                               9.67
[EXPENSE-RATIO]                                    0.7
[AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING]                               0
[AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE]                                 0
</TABLE>

<PAGE>   1



                              POWER OF ATTORNEY

                 STRONG SHORT-TERM MUNICIPAL BOND FUND, INC.
                                (Registrant)

     Each person whose signature appears below, constitutes and appoints John
Dragisic, Thomas P. Lemke, Lawrence A. Totsky, Stephen J. Shenkenberg, and
John S. Weitzer, and each of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and
agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration
Statement on Form N-1A, and any and all amendments thereto, and to file the
same, with all exhibits, and any other documents in connection therewith, with
the Securities and Exchange Commission and any other regulatory body granting
unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and
perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as
fully to all intents and purposes, as he might or could do in person, hereby
ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his
substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

        NAME                      TITLE                                      DATE
        ----                      -----                                      ----               
<S>                    <C>                                         <C>                   
                       President (Principal Executive Officer and
                       acting Principal Financial and Accounting
/s/ John Dragisic      Officer) and a Director                     December 27, 1996
- ----------------------
John Dragisic

/s/ Richard S. Strong  Chairman of the Board and a Director        December 27, 1996
- ---------------------- 
Richard S. Strong

/s/ Marvin E. Nevins   Director                                    December 27, 1996
- ----------------------
Marvin E. Nevins

/s/ Willie D. Davis    Director                                    December 27, 1996
- ----------------------
Willie D. Davis
                      
/s/ William F. Vogt    Director                                    December 27, 1996
- ----------------------
William F. Vogt

/s/ Stanley Kritzik    Director                                    December 27, 1996
- ----------------------
Stanley Kritzik

</TABLE>




<PAGE>   1
                              GODFREY & KAHN, S.C.
                                ATTORNEYS AT LAW
                             780 North Water Street
                           Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202
                   Phone: (414) 273-3500 Fax: (414) 273-5198


                                        December 19, 1996

Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C.  20549

              Re:     Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.

Gentlemen:

                We represent Strong Short-Term Municipal Bond Fund, Inc.
(the "Company"), in connection with its filing of Post-Effective Amendment No.8
(the "Post-Effective Amendment") to the Company's Registration Statement
(Registration Nos. 33-42773; 811-6405) on Form N-1A under the Securities Act of
1933 (the "Securities Act") and the Investment Company Act of 1940.  The
Post-Effective Amendment is being filed pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the
Securities Act.

                We have reviewed the Post-Effective Amendment and, in
accordance with Rule 485(b)(4) under the Securities Act, hereby represent that
the Post-Effective Amendment does not contain disclosures which would render it 
ineligible to become effective pursuant to Rule 485(b).

                                        Very truly yours,

                                        

                                        GODFREY & KAHN, S.C.


                                        /s/ Scott A. Moehrke

                                        Scott A. Moehrke


<PAGE>   1
                                                                EXHIBIT 99.B21.1

                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                             FOR ACCESS PERSONS OF
                       THE STRONG FAMILY OF MUTUAL FUNDS,
                        STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.,
                      AND STRONG FUNDS DISTRIBUTORS, INC.



                             [STRONG FUNDS LOGO]

                        STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
                                October 18, 1996
<PAGE>   2


                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                             For Access Persons of
                       The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                      and Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.
                             Dated October 18, 1996

                               Table of Contents

I.  INTRODUCTION ..............................................................1
A.  Fiduciary Duty ............................................................1
1.  Place the interests of Advisory Clients first .............................1
2.  Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of their position ....................1
3.  Conduct all Personal Securities Transactions in full compliance with
    this Code including both the preclearance and reporting requirements ......1
B.  Appendices to the Code ....................................................2
1.  Definitions ...............................................................2
2.  Contact Persons ...........................................................2
3.  Disclosure of Personal Holdings in Securities .............................2
4.  Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics and Limited Power of Attorney..2
5.  Preclearance Request for Access Persons ...................................2
6.  Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire .......................................2
7.  List of Broad-Based Indices ...............................................2
8.  Form Letter to Broker or Bank .............................................2
9.  Gift Policy ...............................................................2
C.  Application of the Code to Independent Fund Directors .....................2
D.  Application of the Code to Funds Subadvised by SCM ........................2
II. PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS ..........................................2
A.  Annual Disclosure of Personal Holdings by Access Persons ..................2
B.  Preclearance Requirements for Access Persons ..............................3
1.  General Requirement .......................................................3
2.  Transactions Exempt from Preclearance Requirements ........................3
a.  Mutual Funds ..............................................................3
b.  No Knowledge ..............................................................3
c.  Certain Corporate Actions .................................................3
d.  Rights ....................................................................3
e.  Miscellaneous .............................................................3
3.  Application to Commodities, Futures, Options on Futures and Options
    on Broad-Based Indices ....................................................4
C.  Preclearance Requests .....................................................4
1.  Trade Authorization Request Forms .........................................4
2.  Review of Form ............................................................4
3.  Access Person Designees ...................................................4
D.  Prohibited Transactions ...................................................5
1.  Prohibited Securities Transactions ........................................5


                                      i
<PAGE>   3
a.  Initial Public Offerings ..................................................5
b.  Pending Buy or Sell Orders ................................................5
c.  Seven Day Blackout ........................................................5
d.  Intention to Buy or Sell for Advisory Client ..............................5
e.  60-Day Blackout ...........................................................6
2.  Always Prohibited Securities Transactions .................................6
a.  Inside Information ........................................................6
b.  Market Manipulation .......................................................6
c.  Large Positions in Non-Strong Funds .......................................6
d.  Others ....................................................................6
3.  Private Placements ........................................................6
4.  No Explanation Required for Refusals ......................................6
E.  Execution of Personal Securities Transactions .............................7
F.  Length of Trade Authorization Approval ....................................7
G.  Trade Reporting Requirements ..............................................7
1.  Reporting Requirement .....................................................7
2.  Disclaimers ...............................................................8
3.  Quarterly Review ..........................................................8
4.  Availability of Reports ...................................................8
5.  Record Retention ..........................................................8
III.  FIDUCIARY DUTIES ........................................................9
A.  Confidentiality ...........................................................9
B.  Gifts .....................................................................9
1.  Accepting Gifts ...........................................................9
2.  Solicitation of Gifts .....................................................9
3.  Giving Gifts ..............................................................9
C.  Payments to Advisory Clients ..............................................9
D.  Corporate Opportunities ...................................................9
E.  Undue Influence ...........................................................9
F.  Service as a Director ....................................................10
G.  Involvement in Criminal Matters or Investment-Related Civil Proceedings ..10
IV.  COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE OF ETHICS .....................................10
A.  Code of Ethics Review Committee ..........................................10
1.  Membership, Voting, and Quorum ...........................................10
2.  Investigating Violations of the Code .....................................10
3.  Annual Reports ...........................................................11
B.  Remedies .................................................................11
1.  Sanctions ................................................................11
2.  Sole Authority ...........................................................11
3.  Review ...................................................................11
C.  Exceptions to the Code ...................................................12
D.  Compliance Certification .................................................12
E.  Inquiries Regarding the Code .............................................12

                                      ii



<PAGE>   4


                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                             For Access Persons of
                       The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                      and Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.
                             Dated October 18, 1996

                              Table of Appendices


Appendix 1  (Definitions) ....................................................13
Appendix 2  (Contact Persons) ................................................16
Appendix 3  (Disclosure of Personal Holdings in Securities)...................17
Appendix 4  (Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics and
  Limited Power of Attorney) .................................................18
Appendix 5  (Preclearance Request for Access Persons) ........................19
Appendix 6  (Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire) ............................20
Appendix 7  (List of Broad-Based Indices) ....................................23
Appendix 8  (Form Letter to Broker or Bank) ..................................24
Appendix 9  (Gift Policy) ....................................................25
                                                


                                     iii



<PAGE>   5


                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                             For Access Persons of
                       The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                      and Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.
                             Dated October 18, 1996

                               I.   INTRODUCTION

     A. Fiduciary Duty.  This Code of Ethics is based upon the principle that
directors, officers, and employees of Strong Capital Management, Inc. ("SCM"),
Strong Funds Distributors, Inc. ("the Distributor"), and the Strong Family of
Mutual Funds ("the Strong Funds") have a fiduciary duty to place the interests
of clients ahead of their own.  The Code applies to all Access Persons and
focuses principally on preclearance and reporting of personal transactions in
securities.  Capitalized words are defined in Appendix 1.  Access Persons must
avoid activities, interests, and relationships that might interfere with making
decisions in the best interests of the Advisory Clients of SCM.

      As fiduciaries, Access Persons must at all times:

           1. Place the interests of Advisory Clients first.  Access Persons
      must scrupulously avoid serving their own personal interests ahead of the
      interests of the Advisory Clients of SCM.  An Access Person may not
      induce or cause an Advisory Client to take action, or not to take action,
      for personal benefit, rather than for the benefit of the Advisory Client.
      For example, an Access Person would violate this Code by causing an
      Advisory Client to purchase a Security he or she owned for the purpose of
      increasing the price of that Security.

           2. Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of their position.  The
      receipt of investment opportunities, perquisites, or gifts from persons
      seeking business with the Strong Funds, SCM, the Distributor, or their
      clients could call into question the exercise of an Access Person's
      independent judgment.  Access persons may not, for example, use their
      knowledge of portfolio transactions to profit by the market effect of
      such transactions.

           3. Conduct all Personal Securities Transactions in full compliance
      with this Code including both the preclearance and reporting
      requirements.

     Doubtful situations should be resolved in favor of Advisory Clients.
Technical compliance with the Code's procedures will not automatically insulate
from scrutiny any trades that indicate an abuse of fiduciary duties.


                                       1



<PAGE>   6


     B.    Appendices to the Code.  The appendices to this Code are attached
hereto and are a part of the Code, and include the following:

           1. Definitions--capitalized words as defined in the Code--(Appendix
      1),

           2. Contact Persons, including the Preclearance Officer designees,
      and the Code of Ethics Review Committee  (Appendix 2),

           3. Disclosure of Personal Holdings in Securities  (Appendix 3),

           4. Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics and Limited Power of
      Attorney  (Appendix 4),

           5. Preclearance Request for Access Persons  (Appendix 5),

           6. Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire  (Appendix 6),

           7. List of Broad-Based Indices  (Appendix 7),

           8. Form Letter to Broker or Bank  (Appendix 8), and

           9. Gift Policy  (Appendix 9).

     C.    Application of the Code to Independent Fund Directors.  This Code
applies to Independent Fund Directors, and requires Independent Fund Directors
and their Immediate Families to report Securities Transactions to the
Compliance Department in accordance with Section II.G.  However, provisions of
the Code requiring the disclosure of personal holdings (Section II.A.),
preclearance of trades (Section II.B.), prohibited transactions (II.D.1.),
private placements (Section II.D.3.), restrictions on serving as a director of
a publicly-traded company (Section III.F.), and receipt of gifts (Section
III.B.) do not apply to Independent Fund Directors.

     D.    Application of the Code to Funds Subadvised by SCM.  This Code does 
not apply to the directors, officers, and general partners of Funds for which 
SCM serves as a subadviser.


                 II.  PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

     A.    Annual Disclosure of Personal Holdings by Access Persons.  Upon
designation as an Access Person, and thereafter on an annual basis, all Access
Persons must disclose on the Disclosure of Personal Holdings In Securities Form
(Appendix 3) (or a substantially similar form) all Securities in which they
have a Beneficial Interest and all Securities in non-client accounts for which
they make investment decisions (previously reported holdings need not be
reported).  This provision does not apply to Independent Fund Directors.


                                      2



<PAGE>   7


     B.    Preclearance Requirements for Access Persons.

           1. General Requirement.  Except for the transactions set forth in
      Section II.B.2., all Securities Transactions in which an Access Person or
      a member of his or her Immediate Family has a Beneficial Interest must be
      precleared with the Preclearance Officer or his designee.  This provision
      does not apply to transactions of Independent Fund Directors and their
      Immediate Families.

           2. Transactions Exempt from Preclearance Requirements.  The
      following Securities Transactions are exempt from the preclearance
      requirements set forth in Section II.B.1. of this Code:

                 a. Mutual Funds.  Securities issued by any registered open-end
            investment companies (including but not limited to the Strong
            Funds);

                 b. No Knowledge.  Securities Transactions where neither SCM,
            the Access Person nor an Immediate Family member knows of the
            transaction before it is completed (for example, Securities
            Transactions effected for an Access Person by a trustee of a blind
            trust or discretionary trades involving an investment partnership
            or investment club in which the Access Person is neither consulted
            nor advised of the trade before it is executed);

                 c. Certain Corporate Actions.  Any acquisition of Securities
            through stock dividends, dividend reinvestments, stock splits,
            reverse stock splits, mergers, consolidations, spin-offs, or other
            similar corporate reorganizations or distributions generally
            applicable to all holders of the same class of Securities;

                 d. Rights.  Any acquisition of Securities through the exercise
            of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of
            its Securities, to the extent the rights were acquired in the
            issue; and

                 e. Miscellaneous.  Any transaction in the following: (1)
            bankers acceptances, (2) bank certificates of deposit ("CDs"), (3)
            commercial paper, (4) repurchase agreements, (5) Securities that
            are direct obligations of the U.S. government, (6) equity
            securities held in dividend reinvestment plans ("DRIPs"), (7)
            Securities of the employer of a member of the Access Person's
            Immediate Family if such securities are beneficially owned through
            participation by the Immediate Family member in a Profit Sharing
            plan, 401(k) plan, ESOP,  or other similar plan, and (8) other
            Securities as may from time to time be designated in writing by the
            Code of Ethics Review Committee on the grounds that the risk of
            abuse is minimal or non-existent.

            THE SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS LISTED ABOVE ARE NOT EXEMPT FROM THE
      REPORTING REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH IN SECTION II.G.

                                       3



<PAGE>   8



           3. Application to Commodities, Futures, Options on Futures and
      Options on Broad-Based Indices.  Commodities, futures (including currency
      futures and futures on securities comprising part of a broad-based,
      publicly traded market based index of stocks), options on futures,
      options on currencies, and options on certain indices designated by the
      Compliance Department as broad-based are not subject to the preclearance,
      seven day black out, 60-day profit disgorgement, and prohibited
      transaction provisions of Section II.D.I of the Code, but are subject to
      transaction reporting.  The options on indices designated by the
      Compliance Department as broad-based may be changed from time to time and
      are listed in Appendix 7.  The options on indices that are not designated
      as broad-based are subject to the preclearance, seven-day blackout,
      60-day profit disgorgement, prohibited transaction, and reporting
      provisions of the Code.

      C.   Preclearance Requests.

           1. Trade Authorization Request Forms.  Prior to entering an order
      for a Securities Transaction that requires preclearance, the Access
      Person must complete, IN WRITING, a Preclearance Request For Access
      Persons Form as set forth in Appendix 5 and submit the completed form to
      the Preclearance Officer (or his designee).  The Preclearance Request For
      Access Persons Form requires Access Persons to provide certain
      information and to make certain representations.  Proposed Securities
      Transactions of the Preclearance Officer that require preclearance must
      be submitted to his designee.

           2. Review of Form.  After receiving the completed Preclearance
      Request For Access Persons Form, the Preclearance Officer (or his
      designee) will (a) review the information set forth in the form, (b)
      independently confirm whether the Securities are held by any Funds or
      other accounts managed by SCM and whether there are any unexecuted orders
      to purchase or sell the Securities by any Fund or accounts managed by
      SCM, and (c) as soon as reasonably practicable, determine whether to
      clear the proposed Securities Transaction.  The authorization, date, and
      time of the authorization must be reflected on the Preclearance Request
      For Access Persons Form.  The Preclearance Officer (or his designee) will
      keep one copy of the completed form for the Compliance Department, send
      one copy to the Access Person seeking authorization, and send the third
      copy to the Trading Department, which will cause the transaction to be
      executed.

      No order for a securities transaction for which preclearance
      authorization is sought may be placed prior to the receipt of written
      authorization of the transaction by the preclearance officer (or his
      designee).  Verbal approvals are not permitted.

           3. Access Person Designees.  If an Access Person is away from SCM's
      principal office and desires to effect a personal Securities Transaction
      prior to his or her return, such Access Person may designate an
      individual at SCM to complete and submit 

                                      4
<PAGE>   9

      for preclearance on his or her behalf a Preclearance Request for Access
      Persons Form provided the following requirements are satisfied:

                a. The Access Person communicates the details of the trade and
           affirms the accuracy of the representations and warranties
           contained on the Form directly to such designated person; and

                b. The designated person completes the Preclearance Request
           For Access Persons Form on behalf of the Access Person in
           accordance with the requirements of the Code and then executes the
           Access Person Designee Certification contained in the Form.  The
           Access Person does not need to sign the Form so long as the
           foregoing certification is provided.

      D.   Prohibited Transactions.

           1. Prohibited Securities Transactions.  The following Securities
      Transactions for accounts in which an Access Person or a member of his or
      her Immediate Family have a Beneficial Interest, to the extent they
      require preclearance under Section II.B. above, are prohibited and will
      not be authorized by the Preclearance Officer (or his designee) absent
      exceptional circumstances:

                 a. Initial Public Offerings.  Any purchase of Securities in an
            initial public offering (other than a new offering of a registered
            open-end investment company);

                 b. Pending Buy or Sell Orders.  Any purchase or sale of
            Securities on any day during which any Advisory Client has a
            pending "buy" or "sell" order in the same Security (or Equivalent
            Security) until that order is executed or withdrawn;

                 c. Seven Day Blackout.  Purchases or sales of Securities by a
            Portfolio Manager within seven calendar days of a purchase or sale
            of the same Securities (or Equivalent Securities) by an Advisory
            Client managed by that Portfolio Manager, unless the purchase or
            sale is a Program Trade.  For example, if a Fund trades in a
            Security on day one, day eight is the first day the Portfolio
            Manager may trade that Security for an account in which he or she
            has a beneficial interest;

                 d. Intention to Buy or Sell for Advisory Client.  Purchases or
            sales of Securities at a time when that Access Person intends, or
            knows of another's intention, to purchase or sell that Security (or
            an Equivalent Security) on behalf of an Advisory Client.  This
            prohibition applies whether the Securities Transaction is in the
            same (e.g., two purchases) or the opposite (a purchase and sale)
            direction of the transaction of the Advisory Client; and


                                       5



<PAGE>   10


                 e. 60-Day Blackout.  (1) Purchases of a Security in which an
            Access Person acquires a Beneficial Interest within 60 days of the
            sale of the Security (or an Equivalent Security) in which the same
            Access Person had a Beneficial Interest, and (2) sales of a
            Security in which an Access Person had a Beneficial Interest within
            60 days of the purchase of the Security (or an Equivalent Security)
            in which the same Access Person has a Beneficial Interest, unless,
            in each case, the Access Person agrees to give up all profits on
            the transaction to a charitable organization specified in
            accordance with Section IV.B.1.

           2.    Always Prohibited Securities Transactions.  The following
      Securities Transactions are prohibited and will not be authorized under
      any circumstances:

                 a. Inside Information.  Any transaction in a Security while in
            possession of material nonpublic information regarding the Security
            or the issuer of the Security;

                 b. Market Manipulation.  Transactions intended to raise,
            lower, or maintain the price of any Security or to create a false
            appearance of active trading;

                 c. Large Positions in Non-Strong Funds.  Transactions in a
            registered investment company (other than the Strong Funds) which
            result in the Access Person owning five percent or more of any
            class of securities in such investment company; and

                 d. Others.  Any other transactions deemed by the Preclearance
            Officer (or his designee) to involve a conflict of interest,
            possible diversion of corporate opportunity, or an appearance of
            impropriety.

           3.    Private Placements.  Acquisitions of Beneficial Interests in
      Securities in a private placement by an Access Person is strongly
      discouraged.  The Preclearance Officer (or his designee) will give
      permission only after considering, among other facts, whether the
      investment opportunity should be reserved for Advisory Clients and
      whether the opportunity is being offered to an Access Person by virtue of
      his or her position as an Access Person.  Access Persons who have been
      authorized to acquire and have acquired securities in a private placement
      are required to disclose that investment to the Compliance Department
      when they play a part in any subsequent consideration of an investment in
      the issuer by an Advisory Client and the decision to purchase securities
      of the issuer by an Advisory Client must be independently authorized by a
      Portfolio Manager with no personal interest in the issuer.  This
      provision does not apply to Independent Fund Directors.

           4.    No Explanation Required for Refusals.  In some cases, the
      Preclearance Officer (or his designee) may refuse to authorize a
      Securities Transaction for a reason that

                                       6



<PAGE>   11

      is confidential.  The Preclearance Officer is not required to give an
      explanation for refusing to authorize any Securities Transaction.

     E.    Execution of Personal Securities Transactions.  Unless an exception
is provided in writing by the Compliance Department, all transactions in
Securities subject to the preclearance requirements for which an Access Person
or a member of his or her Immediate Family has a Beneficial Interest shall be
executed by the Trading Department.  IN ALL INSTANCES, THE TRADING DEPARTMENT
MUST GIVE PRIORITY TO CLIENT TRADES OVER ACCESS PERSON TRADES.

     F.    Length of Trade Authorization Approval.  The authorization provided
by the Preclearance Officer (or his designee) is effective until the earlier of
(1) its revocation, (2) the close of business on the second trading day after
the authorization is granted (for example, if authorization is provided on a
Monday, it is effective until the close of business on Wednesday), or (3) the
Access Person learns that the information in the Trade Authorization Request
Form is not accurate.  If the order for the Securities Transaction is not
placed within that period, a new advance authorization must be obtained before
the Securities Transaction is placed.  If the Securities Transaction is placed
but has not been executed within two trading days after the day the
authorization is granted (as, for example, in the case of a limit order or a
not held order), no new authorization is necessary unless the person placing
the original order for the Securities Transaction amends it in any way.

     G.    Trade Reporting Requirements.

           1. Reporting Requirement.  EVERY ACCESS PERSON AND MEMBERS OF HIS OR
      HER IMMEDIATE FAMILY (INCLUDING INDEPENDENT FUND DIRECTORS AND THEIR
      IMMEDIATE FAMILIES) MUST ARRANGE FOR THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT TO RECEIVE
      DIRECTLY FROM ANY BROKER, DEALER, OR BANK THAT EFFECTS ANY SECURITIES
      TRANSACTION, DUPLICATE COPIES OF EACH CONFIRMATION FOR EACH SUCH
      TRANSACTION AND PERIODIC STATEMENTS FOR EACH BROKERAGE ACCOUNT IN WHICH
      SUCH ACCESS PERSON HAS A BENEFICIAL INTEREST.  Attached hereto as
      Appendix 8 is a form letter that may be used to request such documents
      from such entities. An Access Person must arrange to have duplicate
      confirmations and periodic statements sent within 30 days of the sooner
      of (1) designation as an Access Person, or (2) the establishment of the
      account at the broker, dealer or bank.  If the Access Person is unable to
      arrange for the above, the Access Person must immediately notify the
      Compliance Department.  THE FOREGOING DOES NOT APPLY TO TRANSACTIONS AND
      HOLDINGS IN (1) OPEN-END INVESTMENT COMPANIES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
      TO THE STRONG FUNDS,  (2) BANK CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT ("CDS"), (3)
      EQUITY SECURITIES HELD IN DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLANS ("DRIPS"), OR (4)
      SECURITIES OF THE EMPLOYER OF A MEMBER OF THE ACCESS PERSON'S IMMEDIATE
      FAMILY IF SUCH SECURITIES ARE BENEFICIALLY OWNED THROUGH PARTICIPATION BY
      THE IMMEDIATE FAMILY MEMBER IN A PROFIT SHARING PLAN, 401(K) PLAN, ESOP,
      OR OTHER SIMILAR PLAN.


                                       7



<PAGE>   12


           2.    Disclaimers.  Any report of a Securities Transaction for the
      benefit of a person other than the individual in whose account the
      transaction is placed may contain a statement that the report should not
      be construed as an admission by the person making the report that he or
      she has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the Security to
      which the report relates.

           3.    Quarterly Review.  At least quarterly, for Securities
      Transactions requiring preclearance under this Code, the Preclearance
      Officer (or his designee) shall compare the confirmations and periodic
      statements provided pursuant to Section II.G.1. above, to the approved
      Trade Authorization Request Forms.  Such review shall include:

                 a. Whether the Securities Transaction complied with this Code;

                 b. Whether the Securities Transaction was authorized in
            advance of its placement;

                 c. Whether the Securities Transaction was executed within two
            full trading days of when it was authorized;

                 d. Whether any Fund or accounts managed by SCM owned the
            Securities at the time of the Securities Transaction, and;

                 e. Whether any Fund or separate accounts managed by SCM
            purchased or sold the Securities in the Securities Transaction
            within at least 10 days of the Securities Transaction.

           4.    Availability of Reports.  All information supplied pursuant to
      this Code will be available for inspection by the Boards of Directors of
      SCM and SFDI, the Board of Directors of each Strong Fund, the Code of
      Ethics Review Committee, the Compliance Department,  the Access Person's
      department manager (or designee), any party to which any investigation is
      referred by any of the foregoing, the SEC, any self-regulatory
      organization of which the Strong Funds, SCM or the Distributor is a
      member, and any state securities commission, as well as  any attorney or
      agent of the foregoing, the Strong Funds, SCM, or the Distributor.

           5.    Record Retention.  SCM shall keep and maintain for at least six
      years records of the procedures it follows in connection with the
      preclearance and reporting requirements of this Code and, for each
      Securities Transaction, the information relied on by the Preclearance
      Officer (or his designee) in authorizing the Securities Transaction and
      making the post-Securities Transaction determination of Section II.G.3.





                                       8



<PAGE>   13


                            III.   FIDUCIARY DUTIES

     A. Confidentiality.  Access Persons are prohibited from revealing
information relating to the investment intentions, activities or portfolios of
Advisory Clients except to persons whose responsibilities require knowledge of
the information.

     B. Gifts.  The following provisions on gifts apply only to employees of
SCM and the Distributor.

           1. Accepting Gifts.  On occasion, because of their position with
      SCM, the Distributor, or the Strong Funds, employees may be offered, or
      may receive without notice, gifts from clients, brokers, vendors, or
      other persons not affiliated with such entities.  Acceptance of
      extraordinary or extravagant gifts is not permissible.  Any such gifts
      must be declined or returned in order to protect the reputation and
      integrity of SCM, the Distributor, and the Strong Funds.  Gifts of a
      nominal value (i.e., gifts whose reasonable value is no more than $100 a
      year), and customary business meals, entertainment (e.g., sporting
      events), and promotional items (e.g., pens, mugs, T-shirts) may be
      accepted.  Please see the Gift Policy Reminder memorandum dated December
      1, 1994 (Appendix 9) for additional information.

           If an employee receives any gift that might be prohibited under this
      Code, the employee must inform the Compliance Department.

           2. Solicitation of Gifts.  Employees of SCM or the Distributor may
      not solicit gifts or gratuities.

           3. Giving Gifts.  Employees of SCM or the Distributor may not give
      any gift with a value in excess of $100 per year to persons associated
      with securities or financial organizations, including exchanges, other
      member organizations, commodity firms, news media, or clients of the
      firm.  Please see the Gift Policy Reminder memorandum dated December 1,
      1994 (Appendix 9) for additional information.

     C. Payments to Advisory Clients.  Access Persons may not make any payments
to Advisory Clients in order to resolve any type of Advisory Client complaint.
All such matters must be handled by the Legal Department.

     D. Corporate Opportunities.  Access Persons may not take personal
advantage of any opportunity properly belonging to any Advisory Client, SCM, or
the Distributor.  This includes, but is not limited to, acquiring Securities
for one's own account that would otherwise be acquired for an Advisory Client.

     E. Undue Influence.  Access Persons may not cause or attempt to cause any
Advisory Client to purchase, sell, or hold any Security in a manner calculated
to create any personal benefit to the Access Person.  If an Access Person or
Immediate Family Member stands 

                                       9



<PAGE>   14
to materially benefit from an investment decision for an Advisory
Client that the Access Person is recommending or participating in, the Access
Person must disclose to those persons with authority to make investment
decisions for the Advisory Client (or to the Compliance Department if the
Access Person in question is a person with authority to make investment
decisions for the Advisory Client), any Beneficial Interest that the Access
Person (or Immediate Family) has in that Security or an Equivalent Security, or
in the issuer thereof, where the decision could create a material benefit to
the Access Person (or Immediate Family) or the appearance of impropriety.  The
person to whom the Access Person reports the interest, in consultation with the
Compliance Department, must determine whether the Access Person will be
restricted in making investment decisions.

     F. Service as a Director.  No Access Person, other than an Independent
Fund Director, may serve on the board of directors of a publicly-held company
not affiliated with SCM, the Distributor, or the Strong Funds absent prior
written authorization by the Code of Ethics Review Committee.  This
authorization will rarely, if ever, be granted and, if granted, will normally
require that the affected Access Person be isolated, through "Chinese Wall" or
other procedures, from those making investment decisions related to the issuer
on whose board the Access Person sits.

     G. Involvement in Criminal Matters or Investment-Related Civil
Proceedings.  Each Access Person must notify the Compliance Department, as soon
as reasonably practical, if arrested, arraigned, indicted, or pleads no contest
to, any criminal offense (other than minor traffic violations), or if named as
a defendant in any Investment-Related civil proceedings, or any administrative
or disciplinary action.


                   IV.    COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE OF ETHICS

     A. Code of Ethics Review Committee.

           1. Membership, Voting, and Quorum.  The Code of Ethics Review
      Committee shall initially consist of the General Counsel, President, and
      Chief Financial Officer of SCM.  The Committee shall vote by majority
      vote with two members serving as a quorum.  Vacancies may be filled and,
      in the case of extended absences or periods of unavailability, alternates
      may be selected, by the majority vote of the remaining members of the
      Committee; provided, however, in the event that the General Counsel is
      unavailable, at least one member of the Committee shall also be a member
      of the Compliance Department.

           2. Investigating Violations of the Code.  The General Counsel or his
      or her designee is responsible for investigating any suspected violation
      of the Code and shall report the results of each investigation to the
      Code of Ethics Review Committee.  The Code of Ethics Review Committee is
      responsible for reviewing the results of any investigation of any
      reported or suspected violation of the Code.  Any material violation of

                                       10



<PAGE>   15

      the Code by an employee of SCM or the Distributor for which significant
      remedial action was taken will be reported to the Boards of Directors of
      the Strong Funds not later than the next regularly scheduled quarterly
      Board meeting.

           3. Annual Reports.  The Code of Ethics Review Committee will review
      the Code at least once a year, in light of legal and business
      developments and experience in implementing the Code, and will prepare an
      annual report to the Boards of Directors of SCM, the Distributor, and
      each Strong Fund that:

                 a. Summarizes existing procedures concerning personal
            investing and any changes in the procedures made during the past
            year;

                 b. Identifies any violation requiring significant remedial
            action during the past year, and

                 c. Identifies any recommended changes in existing restrictions
            or procedures based on its experience under the Code, evolving
            industry practices, or developments in applicable laws or
            regulations.

      B. Remedies.

           1. Sanctions.  If the Code of Ethics Review Committee determines
      that an Access Person has committed a violation of the Code, the
      Committee may impose sanctions and take other actions as it deems
      appropriate, including a letter of caution or warning, suspension of
      personal trading rights, suspension of employment (with or without
      compensation), fine, civil referral to the SEC, criminal referral, and
      termination of the employment of the violator for cause.  The Code of
      Ethics Review Committee may also require the Access Person to reverse the
      trade(s) in question and forfeit any profit or absorb any loss derived
      therefrom.  The amount of profit shall be calculated by the Code of
      Ethics Review Committee and shall be forwarded to a charitable
      organization. No member of the Code of Ethics Review Committee may review
      his or her own transaction.

           2. Sole Authority.  The Code of Ethics Review Committee has sole
      authority, subject to the review set forth in Section IV.B.3. below, to
      determine the remedy for any violation of the Code, including appropriate
      disposition of any moneys forfeited pursuant to this provision.  Failure
      to promptly abide by a directive to reverse a trade or forfeit profits
      may result in the imposition of additional sanctions.

           3. Review.  Whenever the Code of Ethics Review Committee determines
      that an Access Person has committed a violation of this Code that merits
      significant remedial action, it will report promptly to the Boards of
      Directors of SCM and/or the Distributor (as appropriate), and no less
      frequently than the quarterly meeting to the Boards of Directors of the
      applicable Strong Funds, information relating to the investigation of the
      violation, including any sanctions imposed.  The Boards of Directors of
      SCM, the

                                       11



<PAGE>   16

      Distributor, and the Strong Funds may modify such sanctions as they deem
      appropriate.  Such Boards shall have access to all information considered
      by the Code of Ethics Review Committee in relation to the case.  The Code
      of Ethics Review Committee may determine whether to delay the imposition
      of any sanctions pending review by the applicable Boards of Directors.

     C. Exceptions to the Code.  Although exceptions to the Code will rarely,
if ever, be granted, the General Counsel of SCM may grant exceptions to the
requirements of the Code on a case by case basis if he finds that the proposed
conduct involves negligible opportunity for abuse.  All material exceptions
must be in writing and must be reported as soon as practicable to the Code of
Ethics Review Committee and to the Boards of Directors of the SCM Funds at
their next regularly scheduled meeting after the exception is granted.

     D. Compliance Certification.  At least annually, all Access Persons will
be required to certify on the Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire set forth in
Appendix 6 or on a document substantially in the form of Appendix 6 that they
have complied with the Code in all respects.

     E. Inquiries Regarding the Code.  The Compliance Department will answer
any questions about this Code or any other compliance-related matters.

October 18, 1996

                                       12



<PAGE>   17


                                                                      Appendix 1
                                  DEFINITIONS

     "Access Person" means (1) every director, officer, and general partner of
SCM, the Distributor and the Strong Funds; (2) every employee of SCM and the
Distributor who, in connection with his or her regular functions, makes,
participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a
security by an Advisory Client's account; (3) every employee of SCM and the
Distributor who is involved in making purchase or sale recommendations for an
Advisory Client's account; (4) every employee of SCM and the Distributor who
obtains information concerning such recommendations prior to their
dissemination, and (5) such agents of SCM, the Distributor, or the Funds as the
Compliance Department shall designate who may be deemed an Access Person if
they were an employee of the foregoing.  Any uncertainty as to whether an
individual is an Access Person should be brought to the attention of the
Compliance Department.  Such questions will be resolved in accordance with, and
this definition shall be subject to, the definition of "Access Person" found in
Rule 17j-1(e)(1) promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

     "Advisory Client" means any client (including both investment companies
and managed accounts) for which SCM serves as an investment adviser or
subadviser, renders investment advice, or makes investment decisions.

     "Beneficial Interest" means the opportunity, directly or indirectly,
through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise,
to profit, or share in any profit derived from, a transaction in the subject
Securities.  An Access Person is deemed to have a Beneficial Interest in
Securities owned by members of his or her Immediate Family.  Common examples of
Beneficial Interest include joint accounts, spousal accounts, UTMA accounts,
partnerships, trusts, and controlling interests in corporations.  Any
uncertainty as to whether an Access Person has a Beneficial Interest in a
Security should be brought to the attention of the Compliance Department.  Such
questions will be resolved by reference to the principles set forth in the
definition of "beneficial owner" found in Rules 16a-1(a)(2) and (5) promulgated
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     "Code" means this Code of Ethics.

     "Compliance Department" means the designated persons in the SCM Legal
Department listed on Appendix 2, as such Appendix shall be amended from time to
time.

     "The Distributor" means Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.

     "Equivalent Security" means any Security issued by the same entity as the
issuer of a subject Security that is convertible into the equity Security of
the issuer.  Examples include options, rights, stock appreciation rights,
warrants, and convertible bonds.


                                       13



<PAGE>   18


     "Fund" means an investment company registered under the Investment Company
Act of 1940 (or a portfolio or series thereof, as the case may be) for which
SCM serves as an adviser or subadviser.

     "Immediate Family" of an Access Person means any of the following persons
who reside in the same household as the Access Person:

                   child       grandparent    son-in-law
                   stepchild   spouse         daughter-in-law
                   grandchild  sibling        brother-in-law
                   parent      mother-in-law  sister-in-law
                   stepparent  father-in-law


Immediate Family includes adoptive relationships and any other relationship
(whether or not recognized by law) which the General Counsel determines could
lead to the possible conflicts of interest, diversions of corporate
opportunity, or appearances of impropriety which this Code is intended to
prevent.

     "Independent Fund Director" means an independent director of an investment
company for which SCM serves as the advisor.

     "Legal Department" means the SCM Legal Department.

     "Portfolio Manager" means a person who has or shares principal day-to-day
responsibility for managing the portfolio of an Advisory Client.

     "Preclearance Officer" means the person designated as the Preclearance
Officer in Appendix 2 hereof.

     "Program Trade" means where a Portfolio Manager directs a trader to do
trades in, at a minimum, 25-30% of the Securities in an account.  Program
Trades, generally, arise in three situations: (1) cash or other assets are
being added to an account and the Portfolio Manager instructs the trader that
new securities are to be bought in a manner that maintains the account's
existing allocations; (2) cash is being withdrawn from an account and the
Portfolio Manager instructs the trader that securities are to be sold in a
manner that maintains the account's current securities allocations; and (3) a
new account is established and the Portfolio Manager instructs the trader to
buy specific securities in the same allocation percentages as are held by other
client accounts.

     "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     "Security" includes stock, notes, bonds, debentures, and other evidences
of indebtedness (including loan participations and assignments), limited
partnership interests, investment contracts, and all derivative instruments of
the foregoing, such as options and warrants.  Security 

                                       14



<PAGE>   19

does not include futures, options on futures, or options on currencies, but the
purchase and sale of such instruments are nevertheless subject to the reporting
requirements of the Code.

     "Securities Transaction" means a purchase or sale of Securities in which
an Access Person or a members of his or her Immediate Family has or acquires a
Beneficial Interest.

     "SCM" means Strong Capital Management, Inc.

     "Strong Funds" means the investment companies comprising the Strong Family
of Mutual Funds.

                                       15



<PAGE>   20


                                                                      Appendix 2

                                CONTACT PERSONS

PRECLEARANCE OFFICER

     1. Thomas P. Lemke, General Counsel of SCM

DESIGNEES OF PRECLEARANCE OFFICER

     1. Jeffrey C. Nellessen
     2. Stephen J. Shenkenberg

COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT

      1. Thomas P. Lemke
      2. Jeffrey C. Nellessen
      3. Stephen J. Shenkenberg
      4. Jeffery A. Arnson
      5. Donna J. Lelinski

CODE OF ETHICS REVIEW COMMITTEE

      1. John Dragisic, President of SCM
      2. Chief Financial Officer of SCM
      3. Thomas P. Lemke, General Counsel of SCM


                                       16



<PAGE>   21


                                                                      Appendix 3
                        PERSONAL HOLDINGS IN SECURITIES

     In accordance with Section II.A. of the Code of Ethics, please provide a
list of all Securities (other than open-end investment companies) in which each
Access Person has a Beneficial Interest, including those in accounts of the
Immediate Family of the Access Person and all Securities in non-client accounts
for which the Access Person makes investment decisions.

(1)  Name of Access Person:                         _________________________

(2)  If different than (1), name of the person
     in whose name the account is held:             _________________________

(3)  Relationship of (2) to (1):                    _________________________

(4) Broker at which Account is maintained:          _________________________

(5)  Account Number:                                _________________________

(6) Contact person at Broker and phone number       _________________________

(7)  For each account, attach the most recent account statement listing
     Securities in that account.  If the Access Person owns Beneficial
     Interests in Securities that are not listed in an attached account
     statement, list them below:

     Name of Security         Quantity          Value           Custodian
     ----------------         --------          -----           ---------

1. ____________________________________________________________________________

2. ____________________________________________________________________________

3. ____________________________________________________________________________

4. ____________________________________________________________________________

5. ____________________________________________________________________________

6. ____________________________________________________________________________


                     (ATTACH SEPARATE SHEET IF NECESSARY.)
     I certify that this form and the attached statements (if any) constitute
all of the Securities in which I have a Beneficial Interest, including those
held in accounts of my Immediate Family.

                                           ________________________
                                           Access Person Signature

Dated:  _____________                      ________________________
                                           Print Name

                                                                    
                                       17



<PAGE>   22
                                                                     Appendix 4



                  ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS
                         AND LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY


     I acknowledge that I have received the Code of Ethics dated October 18,
1996, and represent that:

           1. In accordance with Section II.A. of the Code of Ethics, I
      will fully disclose the Securities holdings in which I have, or a
      member of my Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest.*

           2. In accordance with Section II.B.1. of the Code of Ethics,
      I will obtain prior authorization for all Securities Transactions
      in which I have, or a member of my Immediate Family has, a
      Beneficial Interest except for transactions exempt from
      preclearance under Section II.B. 2. of the Code of Ethics.*

           3. In accordance with Section II.G.1 of the Code of Ethics, I
      will report all Securities Transactions in which I have, or a
      member of my Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest, except
      for transactions exempt from reporting under Section II.G.1. of
      the Code of Ethics.

           4. I will comply with the Code of Ethics in all other
      respects.

           5. I agree to disgorge and forfeit any profits on prohibited
      transactions in accordance with the requirements of the Code.*

     I hereby appoint Strong Capital Management, Inc. as my attorney-in-fact
for the purpose of placing orders for and on my behalf to buy, sell, tender,
exchange, covert, and otherwise effectuate transactions in any and all stocks,
bonds, options, and other securities.  I agree that Strong Capital Management,
Inc. shall not be liable for the consequences of any errors made by the
executing brokers in connection with such transactions.*


                                                 __________________________
                                                 Access Person Signature


                                                 __________________________
                                                 Print Name
Dated:  __________

     * Representations (1), (2) and (5) and the Limited Power of Attorney do
not apply to Independent Fund Directors.

                                       18



<PAGE>   23


Ctrl. No:_________________________                                    Appendix 5

                        STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
                    PRECLEARANCE REQUEST FOR ACCESS PERSONS

1. Name of Access Person (and trading entity, if different): __________________

2. Name and symbol of Security: _______________________________________________

3. Maximum quantity to be purchased or sold: __________________________________

4. Name and phone number of broker to effect transaction: _____________________

<TABLE>
<S>                        <C>             <C>                   <C>
5.   Check if applicable:  Purchase  ____  Market Order    ____
                           Sale      ____  Limit Order     ____  (Limit Order Price: ___________)
                                           Not Held Order  ____
</TABLE>

6.   In connection with the foregoing transaction, I hereby make the foregoing
     representations and warranties:

  (a)  I do not possess any material nonpublic information regarding the
       Security or the issuer of the Security.
  (b)  To my knowledge:
       (1)  The Securities or "equivalent" securities (i.e., securities
            issued by the same issuer) [ ARE / ARE NOT ] (circle one) held by 
            any investment companies or other accounts managed by SCM;
       (2)  There are no outstanding purchase or sell orders for this
            Security (or any equivalent security) by any investment companies or
            other accounts managed by SCM; and
       (3)  None of the Securities (or equivalent securities) are actively
            being considered for purchase or sale by any investment companies or
            other accounts managed by SCM.
  (c)  The Securities are not being acquired in an initial public offering.
  (d)  The Securities are not being acquired in a private placement or, if
       they are, I have reviewed Section II.D.3. of the Code and have attached
       hereto a written explanation of such transaction.
  (e)  If I am a Portfolio Manager, none of the accounts I manage purchased
       or sold these Securities (or equivalent securities) within the past
       seven calendar days and I do not expect any such client accounts to
       purchase or sell these Securities (or equivalent securities) within
       seven calendar days of my purchase or sale.
  (f)  If I am purchasing these Securities, I have not directly or
       indirectly (through any member of my Immediate Family, any account in
       which I have a Beneficial Interest or otherwise) sold these Securities
       (or equivalent securities) in the prior 60 days.
  (g)  If I am selling these Securities, I have not directly or indirectly
       (through any member of my Immediate Family, any account in which I have
       a beneficial Interest or otherwise) purchased these Securities (or
       equivalent securities) in the prior 60 days.
  (h)  I have read the SCM Code of Ethics within the prior 12 months and
       believe that the proposed trade fully complies with the requirements of
       the Code.

______________________________                   ______________________________ 
Access Person                                    Print Name
                    CERTIFICATION OF ACCESS PERSON DESIGNEE

     The undersigned hereby certifies that the above Access Person (a) directly
instructed me to complete this Form on his or her behalf, (b) to the best of my
knowledge, was out of the office at the time of such instruction and has not
returned, and (c) confirmed to me that the representations and warranties
contained in this form are accurate.

________________________________                 ______________________________
Access Person Designee                           Print Name

                                 AUTHORIZATION

Authorized By: _____________________   Date: _____________ Time: _____________

                                   PLACEMENT

Trader:____________________  Date:___________  Time:_____________ Qty:_________

                                   EXECUTION

Trader:____________________  Date:___________  Time:_____________

Qty:____________ Price:________________________

         (Original to Compliance Department, Yellow  copy to Trading
                   Department, Pink copy to Access Person)

                                       19


<PAGE>   24


Confidential                                                          Appendix 6

                      ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE (1)

                             For ACCESS PERSONS of
                       The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                      and Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.

                               September 18, 1996


Associate:  ____________________________

I.   Introduction

  Access Persons (2) are required to answer all of the questions below for the
  year September 1, 1995, through August 31, 1996, and then sign and return the
  questionnaire by FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 27 to Jeff Nellessen in the Legal
  Department.  ANSWERS OF "NO" TO ANY OF THE QUESTIONS MUST BE EXPLAINED ON THE
  "ATTACHMENT" ON PAGE 3.  All information provided is kept confidential to the
  maximum extent possible.  If you have any questions, please contact Jeff
  Nellessen at extension 3514.

II.  Annual certification of compliance with the Code of Ethics

  A.   Have you, in accordance with Section II.B.1. of the Code of Ethics,
       obtained preclearance for all Securities (3) Transactions in which you
       have, or a member of your Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest,
       except for transactions exempt from preclearance under Section II.B.2.
       of the Code of Ethics?  (If there have been no Securities Transactions,
       circle "Yes".)

       YES     NO        (CIRCLE ONE)

  B.   Have you, in accordance with Section II.G.1. of the Code of Ethics,
       reported all Securities Transactions in which you have, or a member of
       your Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest, except for
       transactions exempt from reporting under Section II.G.1. of the Code of
       Ethics?  In particular, have you arranged for the Legal Department to
       receive directly from your broker duplicate transaction confirmations
       and duplicate periodic statements for each brokerage account in which
       you have, or a member of your Immediate Family has, a Beneficial
       Interest? (4)   (If there are no brokerage accounts, circle "Yes".)

       YES   NO     (CIRCLE ONE)
- -------------------------

1 All definitions used in this questionnaire have the same meaning as those in
the Code of Ethics.
2 Independent Fund Directors of the Strong Funds must complete a separate
questionnaire.
3 Security, as defined, does NOT include open-end investment companies,
including the Strong Funds.
4 Please contact Jeff Nellessen (extension 3514) if you are uncertain as to
what confirmations and statements you have arranged for the Legal Department to
receive.

                                       20


<PAGE>   25


  C.   Have you complied with the Code of Ethics in all other respects,
       including the gift policy (Section III.B.)?

       YES     NO     (CIRCLE ONE)

     LIST ON THE ATTACHMENT ALL REPORTABLE5 GIFTS6 GIVEN OR RECEIVED FOR THE
     YEAR SEPTEMBER 1, 1995, THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1996, NOTING THE MONTH,
     "COUNTERPARTY," GIFT DESCRIPTION, AND ESTIMATED VALUE.  IF NONE, SO STATE.


III. Annual certification of compliance with Insider Trading Policy

     Have you complied in all respects with the Insider Trading Policy (dated 
     October 20, 1995)?

     YES   NO     (CIRCLE ONE)

IV.  Disclosure of directorships statement


A.   I am not, nor is any member of my Immediate Family, a director and/or
     an officer of any for-profit, privately held companies.7  (If you are
     NOT, answer YES.)

     YES   NO     (CIRCLE ONE)

     If "NO", please list on the Attachment each company for which you are, or
     a member of your Immediate Family is, a director.

B.   If the response to A. is "NO", is there a reasonable expectation that
     any of the companies for which you are, or a member of your Immediate
     Family is, a director and/or an officer, will go public or be acquired
     within the next 12 months?

     YES   NO     (CIRCLE ONE)

     (If the answer is "YES", please be prepared to discuss this matter with a
     member of the Legal Department in the near future.)

ANSWERS OF "NO" TO ANY OF THE ABOVE QUESTIONS MUST BE EXPLAINED ON THE
"ATTACHMENT" ON PAGE 3.

I hereby represent that, to the best of my knowledge, the foregoing responses
are true and complete.  I understand that any untrue or incomplete response may
be subject to disciplinary action by the firm.

                                       ___________________________________
                                       Access Person Signature

Dated:  _________________________
                                       Print Name ________________________

____________________________

5 Associates are NOT required to report the following: (i) usual and customary
  promotional items given to or received from vendors, (ii) items donated to
  charity (through Mary Beitzel in Legal), or (iii) food items consumed on the
  premises.
6 Entertainment -- i.e., a meal or activity with the vendor present -- does not
  have to be reported.
7 Per Section III.F. of the Code of Ethics, no Access Person, other than an
  Independent Fund Director, may serve on the board of directors of a publicly
  held company.

                                       21


<PAGE>   26


                                 ATTACHMENT TO
                      ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE

         (to explain all "NO" answers and to list reportable(8) gifts(9) )


________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________


GIFTS(8),(9) for the year September 1, 1995, through August 31, 1996.  
(If NONE, so state):

   Month         Gift Giver / Receiver    Gift Description      Estimated Value
   -----         ---------------------    ----------------      ---------------

1. _____________________________________________________________________________

2. _____________________________________________________________________________

3. _____________________________________________________________________________

4. _____________________________________________________________________________

5. _____________________________________________________________________________

6. _____________________________________________________________________________

7. _____________________________________________________________________________

8. _____________________________________________________________________________

9. _____________________________________________________________________________

10._____________________________________________________________________________

                (CONTINUE ON AN ADDITIONAL SHEET IF NECESSARY.)

__________________

8 Associates are NOT required to report the following: (i) usual and customary
  promotional items given to or received from vendors, (ii) items donated to
  charity (through Mary Beitzel in Legal), or (iii) food items consumed on the
  premises.
9 Entertainment -- i.e., a meal or activity with the vendor present -- does not
  have to be reported.

                                       22


<PAGE>   27


                                                                      Appendix 7




                          LIST OF BROAD-BASED INDICES


Listed below are the broad-based indices as designated by the Compliance
Department.  See Section II.B.3. for additional information.


- -------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION OF OPTION           SYMBOL  EXCHANGE
- -------------------------------------------------
Computer Technology             XCI     AMEX
- -------------------------------------------------
Eurotop 100                     ERT     AMEX
- -------------------------------------------------
Hong Kong Option Index          HKO     AMEX
- -------------------------------------------------
Inter@ctive Wk. Internet Index  INX     CBOE
- -------------------------------------------------
Japan Index                     JPN     AMEX
- -------------------------------------------------
Major Market Index *            XMI     AMEX
- -------------------------------------------------
Morgan Stanley High Tech Index  MSH     AMEX
- -------------------------------------------------
NASDAQ-100                      NDX     CBOE
- -------------------------------------------------
Pacific High Tech Index         XPI     PSE
- -------------------------------------------------
Russell 2000 *                  RUT     CBOE
- -------------------------------------------------
Semiconductor Sector            SOX     PHLX
- -------------------------------------------------
S & P 100 *                     OEX     CBOE
- -------------------------------------------------
S & P 500 *                     SPX     CBOE
- -------------------------------------------------
Technology Index                TXX     CBOE
- -------------------------------------------------
Value Line Index *              VLE     PHLX
- -------------------------------------------------
Wilshire Small Cap Index        WSX     PSE
- -------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------
* Includes LEAPS.
- -------------------------------------------------


                                       23


<PAGE>   28


                                                                      Appendix 8

                         FORM LETTER TO BROKER OR BANK


                                     [DATE]


<Broker Name>
<Broker Address>
<Broker City, State and Zip>

Subject:  Account Number_____________________
          Account Registration_______________

Dear ____________:

Strong Capital Management, Inc. ("SCM"), my employer, is a registered
investment adviser as well as the indirect parent of an NASD member firm.  The
Code of Ethics of SCM requires that I have certain personal securities
transactions placed on my behalf by the trading desk of SCM.  Accordingly,
please send me the necessary forms or instructions that you will require in
order to enable the securities traders of SCM to place orders on my behalf.

In addition, you are requested to send duplicate confirmations of individual
transactions as well as duplicate periodic statements for the referenced
account to SCM.  Please address the confirmations and statements directly to:

            Confidential
            Chief Compliance Officer
            Strong Capital Management, Inc.
            100 Heritage Reserve
            Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin  53051

Your cooperation is most appreciated. If you have any questions regarding these
requests, please contact me or Mr. Jeffrey C. Nellessen of Strong at (414)
359-3400.

                                        Sincerely,



                                        <Name of Access Person>

Copy:  Mr. Jeffrey C. Nellessen

                                       24


<PAGE>   29


                                                                      Appendix 9
                                  GIFT POLICY


                                   MEMORANDUM



TO:          All Associates

FROM:        Thomas P. Lemke

DATE:        December 1, 1994

SUBJECT:     Gift Policy Reminder



     With the Holiday season upon us, I wanted to remind you of our firm's gift
policy, which covers both GIVING GIFTS TO and ACCEPTING GIFTS FROM clients,
brokers, persons with whom we do business, or others (collectively, "vendors").
It is based on the applicable requirements of the Rules of Fair Practice of
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") and is included
as part of the firm's Codes of Ethics.

     Under our policy, associates may not give gifts to or accept gifts from
vendors with a value in excess of $100 per person per year and must report to
the firm annually if they accept certain types of gifts.  The NASD defines a
"gift" to include any kind of gratuity.  Since giving or receiving any gifts in
a business setting may give rise to an appearance of impropriety or may raise a
potential conflict of interest, we are relying on your professional attitude
and good judgment to ensure that our policy is observed to the fullest extent
possible.  The discussion below is designed to assist you in this regard.

     If you have any questions about the appropriateness of any gift, contact
Legal.

1. GIFTS GIVEN BY ASSOCIATES

     Under applicable NASD rules, an associate may not give any gift with a
value in excess of $100 per year to any person associated with a securities or
financial organization, including exchanges, broker-dealers, commodity firms,
the news media, or clients of the firm.  Please note, however, that the firm
may not take a tax deduction for any gift with a value exceeding $25.

     This memorandum is not intended to authorize any associate to give a gift
to a vendor -- appropriate supervisory approval must be obtained before giving
any gifts.

2. GIFTS ACCEPTED BY ASSOCIATES

        On occasion, because of their position within the firm, associates may
be offered, or may receive without notice, gifts from vendors.  Associates may
not accept any gift or form of entertainment from vendors (e.g., tickets to the
theater or a sporting event where the vendor does not

                                       25


<PAGE>   30

accompany the associate) other than gifts of NOMINAL VALUE, which the
NASD defines as under $100 in total from any vendor in any year (managers may,
if they deem it appropriate for their department, adopt a lower dollar
ceiling).  Any gift accepted by an associate must be reported to the firm,
subject to certain exceptions (see heading 4 below).  In addition, note that
our gift policy does not apply to normal and customary business entertainment
or to personal gifts (see heading 3 below).

     Associates may not accept a gift of cash or a cash equivalent (e.g., gift
certificates) in ANY amount, and under no circumstances may an associate
solicit a gift from a vendor.

     Associates may wish to have gifts from vendors donated to charity,
particularly where it might be awkward or impolite for an associate to decline
a gift not permitted by our policy.  In such case, the gift should be forwarded
to Mary Beitzel in Legal, who will arrange for it to be donated to charity.
Similarly, associates may wish to suggest to vendors that, in lieu of an annual
gift, the vendors make a donation to charity.   In either situation discussed
in this paragraph, an associate would not need to report the gift to the firm
(see heading 4 below).

3. EXCLUSION FOR BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT/PERSONAL GIFTS

     Our gift policy does not apply to normal and customary business meals and
entertainment with vendors.  For example, if an associate has a business meal
and attends a sporting event or show with a vendor, that activity would not be
subject to our gift policy, provided the vendor is present.  If, on the other
hand, a vendor gives an associate tickets to a sporting event and the associate
attends the event without the vendor also being present, the tickets would be
subject to the dollar limitation and reporting requirements of our gift policy.
Under no circumstances may associates accept business entertainment that is
extraordinary or extravagant in nature.

     In addition, our gift policy does not apply to usual and customary gifts
given to or received from vendors based on a personal relationship (e.g., gifts
between an associate and a vendor where the vendor is a family member or
personal friend).

4. REPORTING

     The NASD requires gifts to be reported to the firm.  Except as noted
below, associates must report annually all gifts given to or accepted from
vendors (Legal will distribute the appropriate reporting form to associates).

     Associates are NOT required to report the following: (i) usual and
customary promotional items given to or received from vendors (e.g., hats,
pens, T-shirts, and similar items marked with a firm's logo), (ii) items
donated to charity through Mary Beitzel in Legal, or (iii) food items consumed
on the firm's premises (e.g., candy, popcorn, etc.).


                                       26






<PAGE>   1
                                                               EXHIBIT 99.B21.2


                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                           FOR NON-ACCESS PERSONS OF
                        STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.,
                      STRONG FUNDS DISTRIBUTORS, INC., AND
                          HERITAGE RESERVE DEVELOPMENT
                               CORPORATION, INC.

                             [STRONG FUNDS LOGO]

                        STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
                                October 18, 1996




<PAGE>   2


                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                           For Non-Access Persons of
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                      Strong Funds Distributors, Inc., and
                 Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Inc.
                             Dated October 18, 1996

                               Table of Contents

I.  INTRODUCTION .............................................................1
A.  Fiduciary Duty ...........................................................1
1.  Place the interests of clients first .....................................1
2.  Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of their position ...................1
3.  Conduct all personal Securities Transactions in full compliance with this
Code including the reporting requirements ....................................1
B.  Appendices to the Code ...................................................1
1.  Definitions ..............................................................1
2.  Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics ..............................2
3.  Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire ......................................2
4.  Form Letter to Broker or Bank ............................................2
5.  Gift Policy ..............................................................2
II. TRADE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS .............................................2
A.  Reporting Requirement ....................................................2
B.  Disclaimers ..............................................................2
C.  Availability of Reports ..................................................2
D.  Record Retention .........................................................2
III.  FIDUCIARY DUTIES .......................................................3
A.  Confidentiality ..........................................................3
B.  Gifts To or From Employees ...............................................3
1.  Accepting Gifts ..........................................................3
2.  Solicatation of Gifts ....................................................3
3.  Giving Gifts .............................................................3
C.  Payments to Advisory Clients or Shareholders .............................3
D.  Corporate Opportunities ..................................................3
E.  Service as a Director ....................................................3
F.  Involvement in Criminal Matters or Investment-Related Civil Proceedings ..4
IV.  COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE OF ETHICS .....................................4
A.  Code of Ethics Review Committee ..........................................4
1.  Membership, Voting, and Quorum ...........................................4
2.  Investigating Violations of the Code .....................................4
B.  Remedies .................................................................4
C.  Compliance Certification .................................................4
D.  Inquiries Regarding the Code .............................................4

                                      i



<PAGE>   3


                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                           For Non-Access Persons of
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                      Strong Funds Distributors, Inc., and
                 Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Inc.
                             Dated October 18, 1996

                              Table of Appendices


Appendix 1 (Definitions).................................................... 5 
Appendix 2 (Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics) ................... 7
Appendix 3 (Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire) ........................... 8
Appendix 4 (Form Letter to Broker or Bank) .................................11
Appendix 5 (Gift Policy)....................................................12




                                       ii



<PAGE>   4





                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                           For Non-Access Persons of
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                      Strong Funds Distributors, Inc., and
                 Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Inc.
                             Dated October 18, 1996

                               I.   INTRODUCTION

     A. Fiduciary Duty.  This Code of Ethics is based upon the principle that
employees of Strong Capital Management, Inc. ("SCM"), Strong Funds
Distributors, Inc. ("the Distributor"), Heritage Reserve Development
Corporation, Inc. ("HRDC"), and such other affiliated entities of the foregoing
that may from time to time adopt this Code (each of which is individually
referred to herein as a "Company") have a fiduciary duty to place the interests
of clients ahead of their own.  Employees must avoid activities, interests, and
relationships that might interfere with making decisions in the best interests
of each Company and its clients.

      As fiduciaries, employees must at all times:

           1. Place the interests of clients first.  Employees must
      scrupulously avoid serving their own personal interests ahead of the
      interests of the clients of each Company.  An employee may not induce or
      cause a client to take action, or not to take action, for personal
      benefit, rather than for the benefit of the client.

           2. Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of their position.  The
      receipt of investment opportunities, perquisites, or gifts from persons
      seeking business with the Strong Funds, any of the Companies, or their
      clients could call into question the exercise of an employee's
      independent judgment.  Employees may not, for example, use their
      knowledge of portfolio transactions to profit by the market effect of
      such transactions.

           3. Conduct all personal Securities Transactions in full compliance
      with this Code including the reporting requirements.

     Doubtful situations should be resolved in favor of clients and each
Company.  Technical compliance with the Code's procedures will not
automatically insulate from scrutiny any personal Securities Transactions that
indicate an abuse of fiduciary duties.

     B. Appendices to the Code.  The appendices to this Code, including the
definitions set forth in Appendix 1, are attached to and are a part of the
Code.  The appendices include the following:

           1. Definitions (capitalized terms in the Code are defined in
      Appendix 1),

                                      1

<PAGE>   5


           2. Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics (Appendix 2),

           3. Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire (Appendix 3),

           4. Form Letter to Broker or Bank (Appendix 4), and

           5. Gift Policy (Appendix 5)


                        II. TRADE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

     A. Reporting Requirement.  EVERY EMPLOYEE AND MEMBERS OF HIS OR HER
IMMEDIATE FAMILY MUST ARRANGE FOR THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT TO RECEIVE DIRECTLY
FROM ANY BROKER, DEALER, OR BANK THAT EFFECTS ANY SECURITIES TRANSACTION, A
DUPLICATE COPY OF EACH CONFIRMATION FOR EACH SUCH TRANSACTION AND PERIODIC
STATEMENTS FOR EACH BROKERAGE ACCOUNT IN WHICH SUCH EMPLOYEE HAS A BENEFICIAL
INTEREST.  Attached hereto as Appendix 4 is a form letter that may be used to
request such documents from such entities.  An employee must arrange to have
duplicate confirmations and periodic statements sent within 30 days.  If unable
to make such arrangements, the employee must immediately notify the Compliance
Department.  THE FOREGOING DOES NOT APPLY TO TRANSACTIONS AND HOLDINGS IN (1)
MUTUAL FUNDS (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE STRONG FUNDS), (2) BANK
CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT ("CDS"), (3) EQUITY SECURITIES HELD IN DIVIDEND
REINVESTMENT PLANS ("DRIPS"), OR (4)  SECURITIES OF THE EMPLOYER OF A MEMBER OF
THE EMPLOYEE'S IMMEDIATE FAMILY IF SUCH SECURITIES ARE BENEFICIALLY OWNED
THROUGH PARTICIPATION BY THE IMMEDIATE FAMILY MEMBER IN A PROFIT SHARING PLAN,
401(K) PLAN, ESOP, OR OTHER SIMILAR PLAN.

     B. Disclaimers.  Any employee who files a report of a Securities
Transaction for the benefit of a person other than the employee may include in
such report a statement that the report should not be construed as an admission
by the employee making the report that he or she has any direct or indirect
beneficial ownership in the Security to which the report relates.

     C. Availability of Reports.  All information supplied pursuant to this
Code will be available for inspection by the Boards of Directors of SCM and
SFDI, the Board of Directors of each Strong Fund, the Code of Ethics Review
Committee, the Compliance Department, the employees department manager (or
designee), any party to which any investigation is referred by any of the
foregoing, the SEC, any self-regulatory organization of which the Strong Funds,
SCM, or the Distributor is a member, any state securities commission, as well
as any attorney or agent of the foregoing, the Strong Funds, SCM, or the
Distributor.

     D. Record Retention.  The Company shall keep and maintain for at least six
years records of the procedures it follows in connection with the reporting
requirements of this Code.



                                       2



<PAGE>   6




                            III.   FIDUCIARY DUTIES

     A. Confidentiality.  Employees are prohibited from revealing information
relating to the investment intentions, activities, or portfolios of Advisory
Clients except to persons whose responsibilities require knowledge of the
information.

     B. Gifts To or From Employees.

           1. Accepting Gifts.  On occasion, because of their relationship with
      the Company and its affiliates, employees thereof may be offered, or may
      receive without notice, gifts from clients, brokers, vendors, or other
      persons not affiliated with the Company.  Acceptance of extraordinary or
      extravagant gifts is not permissible.  Any such gifts must be declined or
      returned in order to protect the reputation and integrity of the Company.
      Gifts of a nominal value (i.e., gifts whose reasonable value is no more
      than $100 a year), and customary business meals, entertainment (e.g.,
      sporting events), and promotional items (e.g., pens, mugs, T-shirts) may
      be accepted.  Please see the Gift Policy Reminder memorandum dated
      December 1, 1994 (Appendix 5) for additional information.

           If an employee receives any gift that might be prohibited under this
      Code, the employee must inform the Compliance Department immediately.

           2. Solicitation of Gifts.  Employees may not solicit gifts or
      gratuities from clients, brokers, vendors, or other persons with which
      the Company has a relationship.

           3. Giving Gifts.  Employees may not give any gift with a value in
      excess of $100 per year to persons associated with securities or
      financial organizations, including exchanges, other member organizations,
      commodity firms, news media, or clients of the Company.  Please see the
      Gift Policy Reminder memorandum dated December 1, 1994 (Appendix 5) for
      additional information.

     C. Payments to Advisory Clients or Shareholders.  Employees may not make
any payments to Advisory Clients or Shareholders in order to resolve any type
of Advisory Client or Shareholder complaint.  All such matters must be handled
by the Legal Department.

     D. Corporate Opportunities.  Employees may not take personal advantage of
any opportunity properly belonging to any client or Company.

     E. Service as a Director.  No employee may serve on the board of directors
of a publicly-held company not affiliated with a Company or the Strong Funds
absent prior written authorization by the Code of Ethics Review Committee.
This authorization will rarely, if ever, be granted and, if granted, will
normally require that the affected employee be isolated, through "Chinese Wall"
or other procedures, from those making investment decisions related to the
issuer on whose board the employee sits.


                                       3



<PAGE>   7




     F. Involvement in Criminal Matters or Investment-Related Civil
Proceedings.  Each Non-Access Person must notify the Compliance Department, as
soon as reasonably practical, if arrested, arraigned, indicted, or pleads no
contest to, any criminal offense (other than minor traffic violations), or if
named as a defendant in any Investment-Related civil proceedings, or any
administrative or disciplinary action.


                   IV.    COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE OF ETHICS

     A. Code of Ethics Review Committee.

           1. Membership, Voting, and Quorum.  The Code of Ethics Review
      Committee shall initially consist of the General Counsel, President, and
      Chief Financial Officer of SCM.  The Committee shall vote by majority
      vote with two members serving as a quorum.  Vacancies may be filled and,
      in the case of extended absences or periods of unavailability, alternates
      may be selected, by the majority vote of the remaining members of the
      Committee; provided, however, in the event that the General Counsel is
      unavailable, at least one member of the Committee shall also be a member
      of the Compliance Department.

           2. Investigating Violations of the Code.  The General Counsel or his
      or her designee is responsible for investigating any suspected violation
      of the Code and shall report the results of each investigation to the
      Code of Ethics Review Committee.  The Code of Ethics Review Committee is
      responsible for reviewing the results of any investigation of any
      reported or suspected violation of the Code.

     B. Remedies.   If the Code of Ethics Review Committee determines that an
employee has committed a violation of the Code, the Committee may impose
sanctions and take other actions as it deems appropriate, including, but not
limited to, suspension of employment (with or without compensation) and
termination of the employment of the violator for cause.  The Code of Ethics
Review Committee may also require the employee to reverse the trade(s) in
question and forfeit any profit or absorb any loss derived therefrom.  Any
profit shall be forwarded to a charitable organization.

     C. Compliance Certification.  At least annually, all employees will be
required to certify on the Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire set forth in
Appendix 2 or on a document substantially in the form of Appendix 2 that they
have complied with the Code  in all respects.

     D. Inquiries Regarding the Code.  The Compliance Department will answer
any questions about this Code or any other compliance-related matters.

October 18, 1996

                                       4



<PAGE>   8





                                                                      Appendix 1
                                  DEFINITIONS

     "Advisory Client" means any client (including both investment companies
and managed accounts) for which SCM serves as an investment adviser or
subadviser, renders investment advice, or makes investment decisions.

     "Beneficial Interest" means the opportunity, directly or indirectly,
through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise,
to profit, or share in any profit derived from, a transaction in the subject
Securities.  An employee is deemed to have a Beneficial Interest in Securities
owned by members of his or her Immediate Family.  Common examples of Beneficial
Interest include joint accounts, spousal accounts, UTMA accounts, partnerships,
trusts, and controlling interests in corporations.  Any uncertainty as to
whether an employee has a Beneficial Interest in a Security should be brought
to the attention of the Compliance Department.  Such questions will be resolved
in accordance with, and this definition shall be subject to, the definition of
"beneficial owner" found in Rules 16a-1(a)(2) and (5) promulgated under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     "Company"  means "SCM", "the Distributor", "HRDC", and such other
affiliated entities of the foregoing that may from time to time adopt this
Code.

     "Code" means this Code of Ethics.

     "Compliance Department" means the designated persons in the Strong Legal
Department.

     "Distributor" means Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.

     "HRDC" means Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Inc.

     "Immediate Family" of an employee means any of the following persons who
reside in the same household as the employee:


                   child       grandparent    son-in-law
                   stepchild   spouse         daughter-in-law
                   grandchild  sibling        brother-in-law
                   parent      mother-in-law  sister-in-law
                   stepparent  father-in-law


Immediate Family includes adoptive relationships and any other relationship
(whether or not recognized by law) which the General Counsel determines could
lead to the possible conflicts of interest, diversions of corporate
opportunity, or appearances of impropriety which this Code is intended to
prevent.

     "Legal Department" means the SCM Legal Department.

                                       5



<PAGE>   9





     "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     "Security" includes stock, notes, bonds, debentures, and other evidences
of indebtedness (including loan participations and assignments), limited
partnership interests, investment contracts, and all derivative instruments of
the foregoing, such as options and warrants.  Security does not include
futures, options on futures, or options on currencies, but the purchase and
sale of such instruments are nevertheless subject to the reporting requirements
of the Code.

     "Securities Transaction" means a purchase or sale of Securities in which
an employee or a members of his or her Immediate Family has or acquires a
Beneficial Interest.

     "Shareholder" means a shareholder in any of the Strong Funds.

     "SCM" means Strong Capital Management, Inc.

     "Strong Funds" means the investment companies comprising the Strong Family
of Mutual Funds.

                                       6



<PAGE>   10




                                                                      Appendix 2

                  ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS


     I acknowledge that I have received and read the Code of Ethics dated
October 18, 1996, and represent that:

           1. I will report all Securities Transactions in which I have, or a
      member of my Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest, except for
      transactions and holdings in (1) mutual funds (including but not limited
      to the Strong Funds), (2) bank certificates of deposit ("CDs"), (3)
      equity securities held in dividend reinvestment plans ("DRIPs"), or (4)
      securities of the employer of a member of the employee's Immediate Family
      if such securities are beneficially owned through participation by the
      Immediate Family member in a Profit Sharing plan, 401(k) plan, ESOP, or
      other similar plan.

           2. I will comply with the Code of Ethics in all other respects.




                                        _________________________________
                                        Employee Signature


                                        _________________________________
                                        Print Name

Dated: ________________________________





                                       7



<PAGE>   11




Confidential                                                          Appendix 3

                      ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE (1)

                           For NON-ACCESS PERSONS (2) of
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                        Strong Funds Distributors, Inc.,
                 and Heritage Reserve Development Corporation.

                               September 18, 1996

Associate:  ____________________________

I.   Introduction

  Non-Access Persons are required to answer all of the questions below for the
  year September 1, 1995, through August 31, 1996, sign the questionnaire and
  return it to the Legal Department (an intra-office mail slip is copied on the
  back of the last page) by FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 27.  ANSWERS OF "NO" TO ANY OF
  THE QUESTIONS MUST BE EXPLAINED ON THE "ATTACHMENT" ON PAGE 3.  If you have
  any questions, please contact Jeffery Arnson (x3590) or Donna Lelinski
  (x3362) in the Legal Department.

II.  Annual certification of compliance with the Code of Ethics

  A.   Have you, in accordance with Section II.A. of the Code of Ethics,
       reported all Securities Transactions in which you have, or a member of
       your Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest, except for
       transactions in mutual funds (including the Strong Funds), dividend
       reinvestment plans ("DRIPs"), and certificates of deposit (CDs").  (If
       there are no brokerage accounts, circle "Yes".)


       YES   NO       (CIRCLE ONE)

  B.   Have you complied with the Code of Ethics in all other respects,
       including the gift policy (Section III.B.)?

       YES   NO       (CIRCLE ONE)

     LIST ON THE ATTACHMENT ALL REPORTABLE (3) GIFTS (4) GIVEN OR RECEIVED FOR
     THE YEAR SEPTEMBER 1, 1995, THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1996, NOTING THE MONTH,
     "COUNTERPARTY," GIFT DESCRIPTION, AND ESTIMATED VALUE.  IF NONE, SO STATE.

________________________

1 All definitions used in this questionnaire have the same meaning as those in
  the Code of Ethics.
2 Access Persons must complete a separate questionnaire.
3 Associates are NOT required to report the following: (i)  usual and customary
  promotional items given to or received from vendors, (ii) items donated to
  charity (through Mary Beitzel in Legal), or (iii) food items consumed on the
  premises.
4 Entertainment -- i.e., a meal or activity with the vendor present -- does not
  have to be reported.

                                       8



<PAGE>   12






III.  Annual certification of compliance with Insider Trading Policy

      Have you complied in all respects with the Insider Trading Policy (dated 
      October 20, 1995)?

      YES     NO         (CIRCLE ONE)

IV.  Disclosure of directorships statement


     A.  I am not, nor is any member of my Immediate Family, a director and/or
         an officer of any for-profit, privately held companies.(5)  (If you are
         NOT, answer YES.)

         YES      NO         (CIRCLE ONE)

        If "NO", please list on the Attachment each company for which you are,
        or a member of your Immediate Family is, a director.

     B. If the response to A. is "NO", is there a reasonable expectation that
        any of the companies for which you are, or a member of your Immediate
        Family is, a director and/or an officer, will go public or be acquired
        within the next 12 months?

        YES      NO (CIRCLE ONE)

       (If the answer is "YES", please be prepared to discuss this matter 
       with a member of the Legal Department in the near future.)

                             **********************

            ANSWERS OF "NO" TO ANY OF THE ABOVE QUESTIONS MUST BE
                  EXPLAINED ON THE  "ATTACHMENT" ON PAGE 3.

                             **********************

I hereby represent that, to the best of my knowledge, the foregoing responses
are true and complete.  I understand that any untrue or incomplete response may
be subject to disciplinary action by the firm.



                                     _____________________________
                                     Non-Access Person Signature


Dated: ________________              _____________________________
                                     Print Name


_________________________

(5) Per Section III.E. of the Code of Ethics, no associate may serve on the 
board of directors of a publicly held company.

                                       9




<PAGE>   13




                                 ATTACHMENT TO
                      ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE

      (to explain all "NO" answers and to list reportable(6) gifts(7) )


________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

______________GIFTS(6),(7) for the year September 1, 1995, through August 31, 

1996. (If NONE, so state):

   Month     Gift Giver / Receiver     Gift Description      Estimated Value
   -----     ---------------------     ----------------      ---------------

1. _____________________________________________________________________________

2. _____________________________________________________________________________

3. _____________________________________________________________________________

4. _____________________________________________________________________________

5. _____________________________________________________________________________

6. _____________________________________________________________________________

7. _____________________________________________________________________________

8. _____________________________________________________________________________

9. _____________________________________________________________________________

10._____________________________________________________________________________
     
               (CONTINUE ON AN ADDITIONAL SHEET IF NECESSARY.)

___________________________

(6) Associates are NOT required to report the following: (i) usual and customary
    promotional items given to or received from vendors, (ii) items donated to
    charity (through Mary Beitzel in Legal), or (iii) food items consumed on the
    premises.
(7) Entertainment -- i.e., a meal or activity with the vendor present -- does
    not have to be reported.

                                       10




<PAGE>   14




                                                                      Appendix 4

                         FORM LETTER TO BROKER OR BANK


                                     [DATE]


<Broker Name>
<Broker Address>
<Broker City, State and Zip>


Subject:  Account Number____________________
          Account Registration______________

Dear ____________:

Please send duplicate confirmations of individual transactions as well as
duplicate periodic statements for the referenced account to:

                           Confidential
                           ------------
                           Chief Compliance Officer
                           Strong Capital Management, Inc.
                           100 Heritage Reserve
                           Menomonee Falls, Wisconsin  53051

Your cooperation is most appreciated. If you have any questions regarding this
request, please contact me or the Compliance Department of Strong Capital
Management at (414) 359-3400.

                                        Sincerely,



                                        <Name of Employee>

copy: Chief Compliance Officer
      Strong Capital Management, Inc.

                                      11




<PAGE>   15



                                                                      Appendix 5

                                 GIFT POLICY


                                  MEMORANDUM
                                  ----------


TO:       All Associates

FROM:     Thomas P. Lemke

DATE:     December 1, 1994

SUBJECT:  Gift Policy Reminder


     With the Holiday season upon us, I wanted to remind you of our firm's gift
policy, which covers both GIVING GIFTS TO and ACCEPTING GIFTS FROM clients,
brokers, persons with whom we do business, or others (collectively, "vendors").
It is based on the applicable requirements of the Rules of Fair Practice of
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") and is included
as part of the firm's Codes of Ethics.

     Under our policy, associates may not give gifts to or accept gifts from
vendors with a value in excess of $100 per person per year and must report to
the firm annually if they accept certain types of gifts.  The NASD defines a
"gift" to include any kind of gratuity.  Since giving or receiving any gifts in
a business setting may give rise to an appearance of impropriety or may raise a
potential conflict of interest, we are relying on your professional attitude
and good judgment to ensure that our policy is observed to the fullest extent
possible.  The discussion below is designed to assist you in this regard.

     If you have any questions about the appropriateness of any gift, contact
Legal.

1. GIFTS GIVEN BY ASSOCIATES

     Under applicable NASD rules, an associate may not give any gift with a
value in excess of $100 per year to any person associated with a securities or
financial organization, including exchanges, broker-dealers, commodity firms,
the news media, or clients of the firm.  Please note, however, that the firm
may not take a tax deduction for any gift with a value exceeding $25.

     This memorandum is not intended to authorize any associate to give a gift
to a vendor -- appropriate supervisory approval must be obtained before giving
any gifts.

2. GIFTS ACCEPTED BY ASSOCIATES


                                      12
<PAGE>   16

     On occasion, because of their position within the firm, associates may
be offered, or may receive without notice, gifts from vendors.  Associates may
not accept any gift or form of entertainment from vendors (e.g., tickets to the
theater or a sporting event where the vendor does not accompany the associate)
other than gifts of NOMINAL VALUE, which the NASD defines as under $100 in
total from any vendor in any year (managers may, if they deem it appropriate
for their department, adopt a lower dollar ceiling).  Any gift accepted by an
associate must be reported to the firm, subject to certain exceptions (see
heading 4 below).  In addition, note that our gift policy does not apply to
normal and customary business entertainment or to personal gifts (see heading 3
below).

     Associates may not accept a gift of cash or a cash equivalent (e.g., gift
certificates) in ANY amount, and under no circumstances may an associate
solicit a gift from a vendor.

     Associates may wish to have gifts from vendors donated to charity,
particularly where it might be awkward or impolite for an associate to decline
a gift not permitted by our policy.  In such case, the gift should be forwarded
to Mary Beitzel in Legal, who will arrange for it to be donated to charity.
Similarly, associates may wish to suggest to vendors that, in lieu of an annual
gift, the vendors make a donation to charity.   In either situation discussed
in this paragraph, an associate would not need to report the gift to the firm
(see heading 4 below).

3. EXCLUSION FOR BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT/PERSONAL GIFTS

     Our gift policy does not apply to normal and customary business meals and
entertainment with vendors.  For example, if an associate has a business meal
and attends a sporting event or show with a vendor, that activity would not be
subject to our gift policy, provided the vendor is present.  If, on the other
hand, a vendor gives an associate tickets to a sporting event and the associate
attends the event without the vendor also being present, the tickets would be
subject to the dollar limitation and reporting requirements of our gift policy.
Under no circumstances may associates accept business entertainment that is
extraordinary or extravagant in nature.

     In addition, our gift policy does not apply to usual and customary gifts
given to or received from vendors based on a personal relationship (e.g., gifts
between an associate and a vendor where the vendor is a family member or
personal friend).

4. REPORTING

     The NASD requires gifts to be reported to the firm.  Except as noted
below, associates must report annually all gifts given to or accepted from
vendors (Legal will distribute the appropriate reporting form to associates).

     Associates are NOT required to report the following: (i) usual and
customary promotional items given to or received from vendors (e.g., hats,
pens, T-shirts, and similar items marked with a firm's logo), (ii) items
donated to charity through Mary Beitzel in Legal, or (iii) food items consumed
on the firm's premises (e.g., candy, popcorn, etc.).

                                      13








© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission